Sie sind auf Seite 1von 351

TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

PROJECT:CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

CLIENT:ASGHAL

CONSULTANT:KHATIB AND ALAMI

MAIN CONTRACTOR:IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L

MANUFACTURER

SUPPLIER
INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL
TRADING & CONTRACTING W.L.L
P.O.BOX : 24789
DOHA QATAR
TEL: 44369776
FAX: 44369376
E-Mail : integra@integraqatar.com

TS No:
IITC/E/GLF/15/4985
Dated: 03rd Jan, 2016

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL
FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4
SECTION 1 COMPANY PROFILE
i. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL
ii. HONEYWELL
SECTION 2 ISO CERTIFICATE/QUALITY
POLICY,
SECTION 3 HONEYWELL
AUTHORIZATION LETTER
SECTION 4 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 5 COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
SECTION 6 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
SECTION 7 I/O POINT SUMMARY
SECTION 8 BILL OF QUANTITY
SECTION 9 CONTROL SCHEMATICS

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL
FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4
SECTION 10 RISER DIAGRAM
SECTION 11 PANEL DRAWINGS
SECTION 12 PRODUCT DATA SHEET/
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
CERTIFICATES
SECTION 13 FORM OF GUARANTEE
SECTION 14 GRAPHIC SAMPLES
SECTION 15 PROJECT APPROVALS
SECTION 16 PROJECT REFERENCES

COMPANY PROFILE

INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL

Total Integrated Building Solutions

Intelligent Integration:
For our success. And yours.
The Complete Building Solutions integration approach literally takes intelligent systems to a new level.
Our broad range of solutions, products, services and expertise allows us to offer customized and seamless
transparent methods to manage facilties effectively.
Now your systems can be monitored and managed
centrally. It doesnt matter how many systems you
have, or how many you plan to install in
the future. From a cost-saving standpoint,
our Complete Building Solution offers:
Lower infrastructure costs
Lower installation costs
Lower operating costs
In addition, you will simplify your life with a
centralized, non-redundant solution. And, of course,
realize considerable energy savings the Complete
Building Solutions most important financial
advantage.

COMPLETE SOLUTIONS FOR ALL PHASES OF YOUR


BUILDING SYSTEM LIFE-CYCLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION & MANAGEMENT
SWITCHGEAR
METERING & MONITORING
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES
POWER QUALITY (UPS)
BUILDING AUTOMATION
HVAC
ELEVATORS
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SECURITY
DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGEMENT

DESIGN &
INSTALLATION

OPERATIONS &
MAINTENANCE

ACCESS CONTROL
INTRUSION DETECTION
LIGHTING
SCHEDULE-BASED LIGHTING CONTROL
FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY
MONITORING
SMOKE & ELEVATOR CONTROL

SINGLE-SOURCE SOLUTIONS

EVALUATION
& RETROFIT

A Complete Building Solution seamlessly manages all your


buildings critical systems from a single source.

LIGHTING MONITORING & CONTROL


VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
FIRE ALARM MONITORING
POWER MANAGEMENT & MONITORING
ELEVATOR CONTROL
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION MONITORING & CONTROL
POWER QUALITY CORRECTION & AVAILABILITY
HVAC MONITORING CONTROL
SECURITY & ACCESS
BUILDING AUTOMATION
DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGEMENT
AUTOMATED PARKING

Case Study
INTEGRATION IMPROVES YOUR BOTTOM LINE
In an independent case study involving a 145,313 square-foot office building with 1,500 occupants,
a research team examined the costs of the traditional approach versus a fully integrated solution.
The systems integrated were:
Structured Cabling
Fire and Security
Lighting Controls
Building Controls
Metering and Monitoring

TRADITIONAL
APPROACH

INTEGRATED
APPROACH

DIFFERENCE

$2,464,693

$1,868,116

$596,577

RESULT:

24%

SAVINGS

SOURCE: STRATEGIC ICT CONSULTING, APRIL 2005

As the results show, the cost-savings were significant over 24 percent. Findings also show that an
integrated approach offers a broad range of commercial and technical benefits, including a single point of
contact, an efficient project hierarchy, easier equipment deployment and future proofing.

Our Breakthroughs. Your Benefits.


Multiple interfaces. Countless vendors and service providers.
Uncoordinated systems. Incompatible solutions. Operational
redundancies. Limited energy savings. Inefficient services.
The problems that arise from installing and managing
isolated building systems are endless. Even worse, the higher
energy costs that result from such inefficiencies continue to
drain and waste your energy dollars needlessly.
uilding Solution overcomes these problems.
Our fully integrated, centralized approach eliminates:
Inconsistent communication and coordination between stand-alone systems
Connectivity and operational problems caused by non-compatible interfaces and gateways from
multiple vendors, such as:
- Higher engineering and customization costs
- Incompatibility issues and the corresponding costs of new versions and product enhancements
- Finger-pointing between vendors when things go wrong
The difficulty of learning, monitoring and servicing disparate technologies
The extra management resources needed to maintain numerous isolated systems
With Complete Building Solutions, you replace complex problems with an energy-saving option that
increases your efficiency and minimizes your energy costs.

TRADITIONAL PROBLEMS
MULTIPLE INTERFACES, VENDORS
& SERVICE PROVIDERS
FACILITIES MANAGED SEPARATELY
SYSTEM INCOMPATIBILITIES
TRAINING REQUIRED ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS
INCREASED ENERGY COSTS
MULTIPLE & INCONSISTENT REPORTS
OPERATIONAL INEFFICIENCIES
ISOLATED ALARM NOTIFICATION
LABOR INTENSIVE
ISOLATED SYSTEMS
FREQUENT OCCUPANT COMPLAINTS

COMPLETE BUILDING SOLUTIONS BENEFITS


A SINGLE INTERFACE TO ALL YOUR SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT OF SINGLE BUILDINGS, MULTI-CAMPUS,
AND REMOTE SITES FROM A SINGLE COMPUTER
INTEGRATED SYSTEMS
REDUCED NEED FOR TRAINING
REALIZED ENERGY SAVINGS
IMPROVED REPORTING
ENHANCED OPERATIONS
CENTRALIZED ALARM MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT
LABOR SAVINGS/PRODUCTIVITY GAINS
COORDINATED BEHAVIOR ACROSS MULTIPLE SYSTEMS
IMPROVED COMFORT

One Team, Many Benefits.


Complete Building Solutions is a well-planned and centrally managed offering that will make a major
impact and cost-cutting contribution to your buildings operations not just in the beginning, but over
the entire lifetime of your integrated system.
With Complete Building Solutions, you have:
One sales team
One design team
One installation team
One service team
A single point of contact
for all products and
services
Reduced administrative
costs
Better communication
and coordination
Shorter lead times for
design, deployment and
testing
Centralized engineering resources to oversee:
- Standardized solutions
- Alarm management of multi-building locations
Volume product purchasing for:
- Reduced equipment costs
- Faster turnaround
- Better quality control
A fully integrated system, customized to your own, specific needs
Unlike isolated power, automation, engineering and service providers, our Complete Building Solution
handles virtually all of your facilitys automated management needs. And we do so faster and easier than
was ever possible with the traditional silo approach.

Integra & Shahjan. Perfect Partners.


You have known and trusted Integra Internationa & Sjhahjann for years as fast growing companies, we offer broad
range of solutions, products and services that will earn your trust as well. Our core offerings include:
BUILDING AUTOMATION
We work, in association with reputable manufactures of building management systems to improve indoor
environments, reduce operating costs, and provide flexibility and ease of operation. Based on standard industry
protocols, i.e. LONWORKS

and BACnet, our open architecture allows interoperability with third-party

systems and provides building managers the freedom to choose a variety of building management
applications. Systems can monitor and control both individual properties and entire building complexes,
regardless of the size or number of buildings or how many miles apart.
SECURITY
We design, implement and service
comprehensive building security solutions that
integrate electronic card access, intrusion detection,
photo badging and digital video management.
Our solution eliminates the server and moves
access and functions to the workstation level,
protecting against a central point of failure. Our
approach reduces system vulnerability to attack, and
lowers maintenance and installation costs. The
system also integrates with multiple ELV systems,
offering true interoperability.
FACILITY & ENERGY SOLUTIONS
For Large & Complex facilities we go higher steps in data acquisition,
utilize advanced robust software to integrate various subsystems to
bring the right information to the right recepient, direct the data into
commercial systems i.e. ERP, CAFM (Computer Aided Facility
Management) & Predictive Automated Asset Management.
One Paltform for separate islands of Automation will lead to
effective management, greater visibility, cost effective
maintenance & reduction in energy bills.
Interconnection to DDC,s, PLC,s & all Bus Systems
Largest amount of I/O Servers
OPC Connection without DCOM
limitation Data Access Servers Toolkits
Data Histtorian based on MS-SQL Servers
Analysis & Reporting tools
Visualization & Alarm Management
Rapid Protocol Modelers

IP UNIFIED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM


Simplified
User friendly
IP Telephony
Call Processing
Paging
Voicemail
Desktop Call handling Integrated
System Management
Simplified server architect

INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA
Intuituitive easy to use interactive system allows guests
to access entertainment, information & services through
television screens.
Solutions based on single IP network & allows
simultaneous access to content & services.
Fully integrated with property management & supports
wide range of languages.
Saclable & future proof. System operates over CAT6
structured cabling system which ensures that all digital
interactive TV services are supported including DVD
quality, videp streaming distributed as unicast or
multicast sessions.

HIGH SPEED INTERNET ACCESS


Given the increasing rate of technological evolutions and
corresponding change in user needs, our proposed solution
has focused on developing a complete connectivity solution
for all kinds of buildings.
Adapts to continuous change of User needs
Complete Connectivity Solution
Plug & Play Broadband Technology.
Sacalable without modifications.
Wireless Broadband options
Datavalet Broadband
Services
Multiple Property Management System Interfaces.
Home Page re-direction
Billing Options
Guest Services

STATE OF THE ART COMMUNICATING THERMOSTATS


We work, in association with reputable manufactures of building
management systems t

environments, reduce operating costs, and provide flexibility and ease of operation. Based on standard

otocols, i.e. LONWORKS


and BACnet, our open architecture allows interoperability with third-party
systems and provides building managers the freedom to choose a variety of building management
applications. Systems can monitor and control both individual properties and entire building complexes,
regardless of the size or number of buildings or how many miles apart.
SECURITY

Thermostat like installation, network controller function. Plug &


Plug & play, supports all known BMS open standards.
Pre-programmed sequences with advanced functions.
No service or programming tool required.
Designed to simplify installation, cabling, commissioning. Easy
Changes done easily at any time of Building life cycle.
HOSPITALITY & HOME AUTOMATION
Aimed at making an ease of living, home owners, hotel
guets & tenants can enjoy flexibility in lighting, scenes, dimming,
HVAC controls, automation functionalities like motorized
shutter/curtain control, IR remote control, Touch control, bedside
console, courtesy and Access control.
Individual room/apartment unit can be accessed from a Central
Hospitality or Building Management System facility for data
acquisition, monitor & control over TCP/IP or Optic fibre back
bone.

FIRE ALARM & DETECTION


State of the art intelligent analogue addressable systems
Approved by local Civil Defence authority.
Meets international standards of Life & Safety.
Integrated with BMS & Scada but keeps stand-alone functionality
Effective Fault & Alarm detection.
Addjustable sensitivity & Pre-Alarm.
Smoke & Heat detction
Sounders, speakers, strobes

LIFE & SAFETY (HEALTH CARE)


Nurse Call Systems
Multi purpose Alarm Kits
Room Terminals
Display Units
Multimedia
LV SWITCHGEAR & INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
LV Panels up to 4000A
ASTA/Lovag Certified
Motor Control Centers
Variable Frequecy Drives
MDB/SMDB/DB
Control & Isolator Panels
ATS
Synchronization Panels
Capacitor Banks
PLC/Scada Integration
Central Battery Systems
UPS
Cable Management
Mimic Consoles

INSTRUMENTATION & FIELD DEVICES


Tempenature & Humidity
Enthalpy, Flow
Pressure
Differential Pressure ,Water
Energy, Electrical
Valves Hydronics
Actuators , VAV Boxes

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEMS


We adapt a site-wide common systems approach based on
opeb protocols, local web, browser access,
gigabit high resilience, fault tolernance fibre optic project
network.
Key Criteria:
Integration with Central Server Building
Block Approach
Open Systems Technology
Common Components site-wide standardisation Site Wide
Integration Platform
Cable & Hardware Cost reduction

Our Experience in the Gulf started in 1992. The company employs over 200 people with specilaized functions. Organization is ISO
9001:2000 certified & full fledged workshops are equipped with testing facilities as per IEC 60439/BSEN 60439.
Our core business is structured into six main units:
- Building Automation System (BMS) Division
- ELV Systems & Structured Cabling
- Panels & LV Switch Gear Division
- HVAC Division
- Industrial Automation Division
- Service, Operation & Maintenance
Our vision is to be customers preferred system provider of
building environment services based on Open Integrated
Systems for Building IT.
Our mission is based on the fact that a building and its
infrastructure should provide the owner, opeartor &
occupant with an environment which is flexible, effective,
comfortable & secure through the use of integarted
IT-based systems & services, communications and control.

We Contribute against Climate Change by working with manufacturers that introduce Solutions & Products designed with
high precision that bring extraordinary features, without adding complex installation, commissioning, programming within
the operating environment, which typlically drives up costs of traditional networked systems. As a leader in Integration we
regard the protection of environment as a priority. Most of the products we are introducing are released by certified ISO
14001 factories whom are committed to ensure that environmental consideration is part of our operations and daily life.
They are capable of manufacturing lead free products at their factories whereby quality and engineering project teams are
actively identifying suitable components and substances banned by ROHS directives.
Major manufacurers that are currently associated with us

We have completed regular & complex projects in Commercial Office Buildings, Hospitals & Health Care, Pharmaceutical
Enterprises, Laboratories, Schools, Colleges, Universities, Government, Military , Hotels, Mosques, Sport Cities, Retail,
Industrial, Museuems & Libraries. Details on some of the buildings we completed & shown below can be provided on
request.

KDF Center

QP Mesaieed
Sport City

Cultural Village

Sport City Committee

Pearl

Pearl

Khalifa Orthopedic
Hospital

Ramada Hotel

Merwab

Mariot & Renaissance

Shangrilla & Rotana

Al Bida
Tower

Al Handaza
Complex

Qatar University

Lusail
Shafallah
Center
Women
Club

Al Handaza
Residential Complex

Hamad Acquatic
Center

Common Lab
at Ras Lafan

Jaidah
Tower

Diplomat
Office
Tower

www.integraqatar.com
PO Box 24789
Doha - State of Qatar
Tel: +974-4369776, +974-4376749 Fax: +974-4369376

Qatar
Navigation
Tower

HONEYWELL

Honeywell - A Global Player

 More than 120.000 employees


in nearly 100 countries

 A Fortune 100 company

$ 33,4 Billion in sales in 2010 (8% up to 2009)

 Market Leader

in Technology and Manufacturing

15-Aug-11
Slide 1
CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential

Honeywell
Technology

Aerospace

ACS

USA

EMEA

HBS
Systems
Branches and
Performance
Contracting

Transportation
Systems

Asia Pacific

ECC

HPS

Specialty
Materials

Life Safety

ED & S

Security

Process
Solutions

Sensing /
Control
Industrial
Sensors

DEALER & TRADER NETWORK


UAE

Qatar

Bahrain

Saudi
Arabia

Kuwait

Jordan

Egypt

Lebanon

15-Aug-11
Slide 2
CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential

ECC Middle East

 ECC division is the sales department for more than 30


Honeywell factories worldwide.

 Providing solutions for Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning,


Purification, and domestic water distribution.

 Design and deliver high quality products and services.


 Qualified local Technical Support team and Training Center.

Products

 Managing Network of 50 partners (System Integrators, OEM,


Trade Dealersetc.) spread over the Middle East Region
countries.

15-Aug-11
Slide 3
CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential

Honeywells different ways to market

Honeywell Automation and Control Solutions


Security

Life Safety

Sensing & Control


(industrial sensors)

Electrical Devices
& Systems (ED&S)

Products

Environmental & Combustion Controls

Honeywell Building Solutions

(HVAC product creation organization


with own production facilities)

(HBS): Sales and service


organization

Indirect Channel
(Partners)

Project

Products

Products

Direct Channel
(HBS)

Project
15-Aug-11
Slide 4
CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential

Organisation Chart ECC - ME


Dilip Sinha
ECC/ED&S
Reg. General Manager

Middle East Head Quarter Dubai, UAE


Branch office in Saudi Arabia
Technical team / training centre in Dubai and
in Germany / Europe
Highly industry experienced team of Sales /
Techncial department

Sun Wei
Exec. Assist

Vijay Kumar
ECC Sales Leader

Trend Sales Leader


Yezdi Daruwalla
5 people

ED&S Sales
Leader & team

Other services
Tech/Finance/
Cus. service

UAE
Region

Radhika Raghani
Internal Sales
Support
Manager

Ravish Channe
Sales Manager
Alerton
ME region

Office Admin
TBH

Ravindra Swar
Regional Sales Magr
Trade&

Nabil Al Aid
Regional Sales
Phoenix

Yasser Shaaban
KSA Sales Manager

Hazem Rady
Sales Magr
Kuwait, Egypt,
Africa, Med

Gopal Krishna
Sales Magr ,
Centraline
ME Region

Khalil Arafae
Centraline Sales

Nisin Tariq
Centraline
manager
U.A.E)

Nisin Tariq
Centraline
manager
(U.A.E)

Mohammed Arouri
Alerton sales

Khalil Arafae
Centraline Sales
KSA

Alerton
Sales Engineer
UAE , Qattar

Qatar
Centraline
Engineer

Nader Mansour
Technical

Mohammed Arouri
Alerton Sales

Hassan Lokhandwala
Technical support

TBH
UAE
Alerton
Sales

Qatar Alerton Sal

15-Aug-11
Slide 5
Alertones
CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential

The CentraLine Brand


 Established by Honeywell
 Focus: Intelligent, integrated, energy-efficient building
solutions

 Exclusively marketed through CentraLine Partners


400 carefully selected and trained building solution
specialists
Backed up by a comprehensive support infrastructure

 In Europe, Middle East and Africa


Austria

Greece

Netherlands

Sweden

Bahrain

Hungary

Norway

Switzerland

Croatia

Oman

Qatar

Syria

Czech Republic

Jordan

Romania

Tunisia

Denmark

Kuwait

Saudi Arabia

Turkey

Egypt

Latvia

Serbia

Ukraine

Estonia

Lebanon

Slovakia

United Arab Emirates

France

Lithuania

Slovenia

United Kingdom

Germany

Morocco

South Africa

Customer
benefit

=
Flexible
partners
+
With strong
local presence
+
Expertise from
a global leader

15-Aug-11
Slide 6
CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential

ISO CERTIFICATE/QUALITY
POLICY

HONEYWELL AUTHORIZATION
LETTER

Honeywell Middle East - ECC Division


PO Box 232362
Emmar Business Park
Building 2, Level 3
Dubai, UAE
United Arab Emirates

Gulf Lifa Co.


P.O.Box: 92050
Tel: 4006 1510
Kind Attention : Mr. Obaidullah Khan

Dec 26th 2015


Ref: 15-131-Integra__AAC-_Project _support letter
Subject: Integras qualification for the Project
Project : School Resort
Dear Sir,
We refer to the current system integration agreement between Honeywell Middle East FZE
(Honeywell FZE) and Integra International Trading & Contracting co WLL (INTEGRA). We
confirm that to date, INTEGRA is an authorized system integrator of Honeywell FZE for the sale,
engineering, programming, installation (when applicable), start up, commissioning and service of
Centraline and XL5000 range of products, supervisory software and Honeywell field devices and
thermostats required to complete Building Management System (together referred to as the
Products) in the Qatar (the Agreement).
We confirm that Honeywell FZE provides technical support in respect of the Products to INTEGRA
and provided training to some of INTEGRAs employees with regards to the engineering,
programming, installation, start-up and commissioning of the Products in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Agreement

Sincerely yours,

Amr Seoud
Area Sales Manager for Honeywell Centraline (Qatar & Kuwait)
Environmental and Combustion Controls (ECC)
Automation and Control Solutions (ACS)

Honeywell Middle East (ECC division) Phone: +971 4 8073200 Direct: +971 4 8073203

SCOPE OF WORK

SCOPE OF WORK MATRIX


Project

Construction Of (2) New Schools At Doha &


Villages Stage(10-A) Package#4

Contractor

Imperial Trading &


Contracting Co. W.L.L

System

Building Management System

Date

31.12.2015

S.NO

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

BY SYSTEM
SUPPLIER

BY CONTRACTOR

Technical / Engineering submittal


preparation

Shop drawing preparation

Integra's assistance
will be provided

Supply and installation of conduits/


trunking.

Integra's supervision
at site will be
provided

Installation of BMS field devices/


controllers, software / BMS cables

Integra's supervision
at site will be
provided

Labelling (DDC Panel)

DDC panel fabrication & as-built drawing


preparation.

DDC programming, graphical preparation,


testing, commissioning, Operation and
maintanence manual preparation.

Training to clients

Handing over to clients

Page 1 of 1

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

1.1

Provide a Building Automation System (BAS) incorporating an open system technology in the network methodology and
management, programming tools and data exchange to control the specified HVAC, Lighting, Card Access and other related
building systems. The BAS shall consist of Direct Digital Control controllers, Network Devices, Graphical User Interface,
sensors, relays, valves, actuators, and other equipment as may be necessary to provide for a complete and operational control
system for the HVAC and other building related systems as described within these specifications. The definition of an "Open
System shall be defined within these specifications and subject to interpretation by the owner and their designated
representative. All manufacture specific BAS and installing contractors shall be required to demonstrate their "Open System
BAS to the owner and their representative and gain qualification approval prior to submission of bids for this project.
Qualification approval does not exempt the manufacture or the installing contractor from any of the requirements contain with
this specification or of subsequent addendums.

Comply

Proposed BMS system


is BACnet protocol
based system

The system installed shall seamlessly connect devices other than HVAC throughout the building regardless of subsystem type,
i.e. HVAC, lighting, and security devices shall easily coexists on the same network channel without the need for gateways. All
VAV controllers and all other field installed controllers for the HVAC system shall be provided by one manufacturer. Any
components not supplied by the primary BAS manufacturer shall be integrated to share common software for network
communications, time scheduling, alarm handling, and history logging.

Comply

M.34
Part 1

B
C

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS


GENERAL

The documentation contained in this section and other contract documents pertaining to HVAC Controls is schematic in
nature. The Contractor shall provide hardware and software necessary to implement the functions shown or as implied in the
contract documents.
System configuration and monitoring shall be performed via a PC-type computer. Under no circumstances shall the PC be
used as a control device for the network. It can be used for storage of data.

Page 1 of 56

Comply
Comply

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

All system controllers shall utilize a peer-to-peer communications scheme to communicate with each other. The use of a higher
level controller to perform control logic other than alarm, trends and schedules shall not be accepted.

Comply

Open Systems Design. The intent of the specification contained herein is to provide for an open interoperable Building
Automaton System (BAS). The BAS provided shall maintain open interoperability in the following areas.

Comply

Communications - All communication between field level controllers, routers and field level user interface devices, network level
devices and personal computers used as GUI or service tools shall communication language that is a published protocol and
an ANSI standard. Such protocol shall be in use by no less that 50 manufactures of HVAC or building system control devices.

Comply

Network Management - Network management tools shall be interchangeable between manufacture products and BAS. The
test of this interchangeability shall be as follows:
Demonstrate that the proposed network management tool for the BAS can open up a database from at least three other
manufactures BAS, read and write to all exposed data from the controllers and add additional control devices from any of the
three manufactures to the network.

Comply

Databases - All databases shall be provided in a format that can be access and expanded by other manufactures network
management tools. Demonstrate database compatibility with at least 3 other network management tools as part of the prequalification. The database shall be stored on the owner PC which serves as the Graphical User Interface and provide on a
separate CD upon final acceptance of the project. An updated database shall be provided on a Cd at the end of the warranty
period. Administrative level password shall be provided to the owner upon acceptance of the project.

Comply

Network Level Devices - All network level devices (devices that provide for communication interface between the field level
controllers and the Ethernet) and the associated engineering and operating software shall be available for purchase by the
owner from multiple sources within his respective market.

Field Level Controls - All field level controls shall conform to industry standards for control logic functionality, input and out
configurations and interchangeability. This conformity to industry standards shall be established by:

1.2

Page 2 of 56

Noted

REMARKS

Communication is
through BACnet MS/TP
protocol.

Communication between
field level and
management level is
through the use of BMS
routers.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
1

2
3

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Demonstrating that the controllers to be used on the project are certified by an independent certifying organization that they
conform to the organizations and industry standards for functionality and input and output configurations and
interchangeability appropriate to their intended application.
Demonstrate interchangeability of product with a live demonstration of 3 different manufactures controllers. Such
demonstration shall include the replacement of one type controller such as a VAV with another like controller from another
manufacture and the sharing of information with other controllers on the network.
Providing to the owner for all controllers provided under this specification a file that identifies and describes the function of all
points both hardware and software that are contained within the controller.

Comply

Comply
Comply

Demonstrate that all points within a controller including hardware I/O and software based points are available for viewing and
manipulation by at least 3 other manufactures network management and Graphical User Interface tools.

Comply

Software Tools - All software tools needed for full functional use, including programming of controllers, network management
and expansion, and graphical user interface use and development, of the BAS described within these specifications shall be
provided to the owner or his designated agent. The installing contractor shall be demonstrate to the owner or their designated
agent that they comply with the specified requirements of the software based programming tools as described in BAS software
tool section of this specification. Any licensing required by the manufacturer now and into the future, including changes to the
licensee of the software tools and the addition of hardware corresponding to the licenses, to allow for a complete and
operational system for both normal day to day operation and servicing shall be provided. Any such changes to the designated
license holders for servicing and expansion shall be made by the manufacturer upon written request by the owner, future
owners or their agent. Any cost associated with the license changes shall be identified within the BAS submittals. The Installing
Contractors acceptance of a purchase order by the owner or his designated agent shall imply agreement with this section of
the specification.

Comply

Distribution - All products provided within these specifications shall be available for purchase, by the owner or his designated
agent, through multiple sources without manufacturer limited territorial or project specific restrictions. A list of such sources
shall be provided as part of the BAS Submittals.

Comply

Page 3 of 56

REMARKS

Program back-up will be


provided during handing
over.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Training - Manufacturer provided training on the use and operation of all products provided within these specifications shall be
available for purchase and attendance by the Owner or his designated agent. Such training shall be of the same curriculum as
the training courses provided by the manufacturer to the System Integrator. A manufacturer certified instructor shall give all
training classes. A list of training courses and the associated cost shall be provided as part of the BAS submittals.

Comply

1.3
A
B
1
2

4
C
1
2

Quality Assurance
General - The HVAC Control System shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by a licensed Controls Contractor or
System Integrator (SI). All work provided under this section shall be provided by direct employees of the SI or under the direct
supervision of the SI personnel.
System Integrator Qualifications
The SI must be regularly engaged in the service and installation of the proposed BAS as specified herein.
The system integrator must be an authorized factory direct representative in good standing of the manufacturer of the
proposed hardware and software components.
The SI shall be staffed with a minimum of 2 technicians who have successfully completed the factory authorized training of
the proposed manufactures hardware and software components. SI must provide proof of required training. The SI
capabilities shall include engineering and design of control systems, programming, electrical installation of control systems,
troubling shooting and service.
The system integrator shall Submit a list of no less than three (3) similar projects, which have BAS as specified herein
installed by the system integrator These projects must be on-line and functional such that the Owners/Users representative
can observe the system in full operation.
Hardware and Software Component Manufacturer Qualifications
The manufacturer of the hardware and software components must be primarily engaged in the manufacture of BAS as
specified herein, and must have been so for a minimum of five (5) years.
The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001:2000 certified. This is to insure that all manufacturing, design and support policies
comply with a minimum quality assurance standard. Corporate quality assurance policies should be available for examination
upon request by the owner or his agent.

Page 4 of 56

REMARKS

Comply

Comply
Comply

Comply

Certified engineers will


be designated at site for
execution.

Comply

Similar school projects


have been previously
executed by M/s. Integra.

Comply
Comply

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
3
1.4
A
1

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

The manufacturer of the hardware and software components shall have a technical support group accessible via a toll free
number that is staffed with qualified personnel, capable of providing instruction and technical support service for networked
control systems.
Submittals
General
Meet all applicable Submittal requirements of Division 1, Division 15, and the following including listed below and in the
Submittal check list.

Comply

Comply

Provide to the Engineer and Owner all information or data necessary to determine compliance with these specifications.

Comply

Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component
connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, including specific requirements indicated.

Comply

All Drawings and Diagrams shall be machine drafted using AutoCAD 2000 or later, or Microsoft Visio. At project closeout,
provide vellum plots and diskette or CD copy of control drawings and layout drawings to the Owner.

Comply

Provide system device and LAN conduit routing drawing, using building plans for a background. All controllers, gateways,
hubs, devices and communication cabling shall be accurately shown, except that individual sensor I/O wiring and devices
need not be shown. Layout drawings shall be the same size as the Engineers construction documents.

Comply

Hardware - Include a complete list of materials of equipment to be used, including technical data, performance curves, project
specification sheets and installation/ maintenance instructions.

Comply

Control System Diagrams - Provide schematic diagrams for each controlled system. Illustrate the relationship between control
system and controlled equipment. Show all control elements. Show all terminations and cable/tube numbers.

Comply

Provide equipment interface details using actual equipment termination information. Blank terminals or "field verify is not
acceptable.

Comply

Provide individual diagrams for each mechanical system. If two systems are identical, then a single diagram may represent
multiple mechanical systems. Notations similar to "this section only applies to units xxx, etc. are not acceptable.

Comply

Page 5 of 56

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
3
4

D
E

G
1
2
3
H

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

The control diagrams and sequence of operation shall be together on the same sheet and shall be suitable for posting.
The sequence of operation shall reference a schematic diagram of the controlled system. The sequence of operation shall
describe in words the control strategies utilized, worded in such a way to serve as an informative reference to the
maintenance and service personnel who will be responsible for unit operation.
Each component and instrument on the control diagrams shall have a unique tag number such as temperature element "TE1. The sequence of operation verbiage shall make specific reference to the individual component tag numbers, such as
"Controller (C-1) compares the space temperature sensor (TE-1) to set point, and modulates hot water heating coil valve (V1) as required. The mechanical system being controlled shall be schematically drawn and show the measurement and
control points, such as "TE-1 and "V- 1.
Graphic Displays - Include draft copies of graphic displays indicating mechanical system components, control system
components, and controlled function status and value.
Point List - Provide a point list for each system controller including both inputs and outputs (I/O) point, point number, the
controlled device associated with the I/O point and the location of the I/O device. Use naming convention consistent with
control diagrams and sequence of operation.
Software manuals - Include software manuals that describe programming, testing, system overview. The manuals shall include
a detailed description of each software feature including editing and writing control programs, reading or modifying printout and
logs, adding, deleting and modifying user password, creating and modifying graphics. software manuals may be provided on
CD ROM in lieu of paper copy. If submitted as a CD ROM, the vendor shall arrange to review the software manuals with the
engineer at the engineers office.
Other Items Requiring Submittals
Point to point and basic function commissioning forms to be used on site for
the start, test and check of network components and systems.
List of specific personnel who will be involved in the system installation and commissioning.
Functional performance test documentation and procedures to be used in commissioning control sequences.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted indicating the correct procedures and processes to operate and
maintain the system. O&Ms shall be delivered either hard copy or on a CD-ROM developed specifically for the project.
Contractor shall submit (3) copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

Page 6 of 56

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
I.
1.5
A
B
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
E
F
G
1.6

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Parts List shall be submitted listing: manufacturer's name, part number, nomenclature and stock level required for maintenance
and repair necessary to ensure continued operation with minimal delay.
Training - Meet all applicable Training requirements of Division 1, Division 15, and the
following.
Instruct the operators how to accomplish control of the system. Include basic troubleshooting and override of equipment and
controls in the event of system failure.
Training Allowance: Provide formal training to the Owners designated operations personnel.
Trainers - Persons conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in the workings of the system, and shall be regularly
engaged in training exercises, so as to provide effective training. Acceptability of the trainers shall be at the discretion of the
Owner.
Training Manuals - Include the following in training manuals.
Manufacturers training brochures.
Operation and maintenance manuals.
Completed Field Acceptance Test Procedure.
"As-installed Drawings.

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Manufacturers Operation Manuals.


Software interaction sheets to be used in instructing students how to use the control system, on a command-by-command
basis.
Training Classes - Prior to conducting training, prepare and submit for approval the proposed training literature and topics.
Submit this information at least two weeks prior to the first class.
Provide approved training manuals to the Owner at least one week prior to the first class.
Provide Audio Visual Tutorials both in a CD format and on the manufactures website instructing on the operation of the
software tools as provided under this specification.
Warranty

Page 7 of 56

REMARKS

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

As-built drawings will be


provided

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

B
C
Part 2
2.1

B
C
D
E
F

DESCRIPTION
The HVAC Control System shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. If within
eighteen (18) months from the date of substantial completion, the installed equipment is found to be defective in operation,
workmanship or materials, the building systems contractor shall replace, repair or adjust the defect at no cost. Service shall be
provided within 4 hours upon notice from Owners designated Representative.
The warranty shall extend to material that is supplied and installed by the Contractor. Material supplied but not installed by the
Contractor shall be covered per the above to the extent of the product only. Installation labor shall be the responsibility of the
trade contractor performing the installation.
All corrective software modifications made during warranty service periods shall be updated on all user documentation and on
user and manufacturer archived software disks.
NETWORK ARCHITECTURES AND DEVICES
Network Architecture and Protocol - The intent of this specification is to provide a peer- to-peer network at the field controller
level. The minimum baud rate shall be 78,000 baud for communication between controllers and 1,250,000 baud for
communication between network devices that are not communicating over the Ethernet.
All communication between field level controllers, routers and field level user interface devices, network level devices and
personal computers used as GUI or service tools shall use a communication language that is a published protocol and an
ANSI standard. Such protocol shall be in use by no less that 100 manufactures of HVAC control devices. No modifications to
the standard protocol shall be allowed unless the manufacture publishes such modifications and the SI can demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Owner or his representative that the other user of the protocol can recognize the modified protocol without
the use of any manufacture specific tools.
To facilitate facility expansion or to support large Wide Area Networks (WANs) the Network Interface shall directly support a
minimum of 4 logical networks using the same physical network.
The ability to support bi-directional access to any remote field level controller shall be supported by a single point of connection
from anywhere on the network including communication over the Ethernet.
Field level control networks shall maintain a Bus topology in order to maintain network integrity and improve network
diagnostics and maintenance. Star network topologies shall not be accepted.
All Network wiring - See Part 7 - Execution
The system shall be able to connect to remote sites via standard telephone lines or Ethernet LAN.

Page 8 of 56

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Comply

M/s. Integra offers 600


days as warranty period
from the date of
commissioning.

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Communication between
field level and
management level is
through the use of BMS
routers.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

2.2

Network Devices - These various devices can service multiple functions on the network depending on network design,
communication medium and needed task. These functions include: management of traffic on the network, reconfiguring and
strengthening of signals, the conversion of the communication protocol into TCP/IP packets for transmission over the Ethernet,
global activities such as alarms, trends and scheduling, control logic, and protocol conversion.

Comply

Routers and Repeaters - The network router shall be designed to route messages from a segment, sub-net, or domain in full
duplex communication mode. Routers shall be fully programmable and permit a systems integrator to define message traffic,
destination, and other network management functions. The routers, shall be capable of DIN rail or panel mounting and be
equipped with status LED lights for Network traffic and power. A router many not manage more than 90% of the total capacity
of devices (as established by the manufacture) on any single channel so as to allow for future expansion.

Comply

Repeaters - A repeater or signal booster may only be used to increase this signal strength of the communications. Under no
circumstances may it be used in the place of a router.

Noted

Field Level Controller Communication to Ethernet - All network devices that provide for a communication interface between
Field Level Controller Communication and the Ethernet shall comply with the following standards and functions.

Comply

1
a)
1)
2)
3)
b)

The Network devices shall provide for the following global functions if required in the sequence of operation. All functions
shall be provided with a graphical user interface.
Scheduling - provide for the individual schedules as required in the sequence of operation and the associated points
schedule. Scheduling functions shall include:
Daily schedules - Provide for a minimum of 6 different event changes per day with the ability to set different state values
for each event.
Holiday - Provide for a minimum of 4 separate holiday schedule that can be implemented for any day.
Global scheduling function - Provide for the ability to implement a permanent and temporary global schedule that will
override multiple schedules in multiple network devices. Any temporary global schedule shall be erased once the time
period of the schedule elapses.
Alarm Management - provide for the management and reporting of alarms as required in the sequence of operation.

Page 9 of 56

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

Repeaters are not


required in the designed
system.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

c)

Data Log management - provide for the logging of all points as shown on the associated Points Schedule. Log intervals
shall be as frequent as one minute intervals. Log Data shall be exportable to other applications via SQL or XML.

Comply

Part 3

3.1

REMARKS

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONTROLLERS


All controllers shall conform to the standards as established in Section 1.2E so long as such standards exist for its intended
application. If such standards do not exist then the SI shall demonstrate that the controller meets industry standards for
communication and data sharing for the protocol used. Where possible provide controllers that can meet the required
sequence of operation that can be configured rather that custom programmed. All controllers shall be designed for easy
installation and servicing including removable enclosures, removable terminals, and factory applied labels for all I/O. All internal
points within the Programmable controllers shall be fully supported by the Graphical User Interface (GUI), allowing the user to
easily modify them and monitor them. In addition all of the internal programming points (e.g. variables, constants, inputs and
outputs) shall be exposed to the network on dedicated network variable outputs. Programmable Controllers (PC) - a controller
designed for more complex sequences of operations such as built up AHUs, central plant operations, electrical monitoring, and
control and management for chillers, boilers and generators. The PCs are to allow for the flexibility of custom control
programming to meet the needed sequences of operation.
Performance - Each PC shall have a minimum of 64K of Non-volatile Flash memory for control applications and 128K nonvolatile flash memory for storage with an 8 bit processor at 10MHz. The FPC shall have a minimum ambient operating
temperature range of -0oC to 70oC or 32oF to 158oF.
Inputs - Analog inputs shall have the following minimum level of performance: 16- bit A to D resolution; allow monitoring of
platinum 100 ohms, platinum 1000 ohm, nickel 1000 ohms, thermistor 10K type II, thermistor 10K type III, voltage input 010VDC, current input 4-20mA, digital input, pulsed input minimum 2 Hz.
Outputs - Outputs shall be either software configurable to be either analog or digital or dedicated digital only - Analog outputs
shall be selectable as voltage of 010 VDC (linear) or 4-20mA or Digital outputs shall be 0-12 VDC (off/on), floating or PWM.
Outputs shall have an adjustable range of 2 seconds to 15 minutes. Output Resolution shall be a minimum 8 bits digital /
analog converter. All individual outputs and power supply shall be protected by an auto reset fuse. There shall be an LED
status indicator on each of the outputs.
PC (Programmable Controller) Features

Page 10 of 56

Comply

Comply

Comply

Comply

All the proposed


Controllers are Direct
Digital controllers with
built in processor.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

For standalone applications the PC shall be provided with a real time clock with a battery backup. If using multiple controllers
on a network, provide one PC, User Interface Device or Network Interface with a real time clock to serve as the master time
clock for all nodes on the network

Comply

real-time clock

Provide the ability to trend any point in the controller or on the network. Total capacity of the trended events shall be no less
than 12,000 samples. Trending frequency for each report shall be operator definable from a sample once a second to a
sample once every 24 hours. The system shall have the ability to automatically upload the trend log data onto the site
computer at definable periods of time. The file format in which the trend log data is saved shall be a Microsoft Access file.

Comply

The PC shall have the ability to share over the network with other controllers a minimum of 17 variable inputs and 17 variable
outputs. One of the network inputs on the FPC shall have a built in averaging function such that multiple variable outputs
values can be received by this one variable input and perform a weighted average. This function shall be used to average
terminal load or temperature. The averaging function shall have a customizable input validity period.

Comply

The PC shall be provided with a minimum of 2 schedules that can be bound to one or many devices on the network. Each
schedule shall have six individual changes of state per day plus 4 separate special day schedules.

Comply

5
6

The PC shall be provided with a diagnostic indicator light that when flashing signifies that the application program is running
correctly.
Provide an onboard network communication jack
The PC can be provided with a built-in real time clock that supports daylight saving time by default. The daylight saving time
parameters should be configurable if need be. The real time clock shall also have a dedicated variable output that supports
the time stamp network variable type. This is in order to ensure the possibility of having the controller run in standalone mode
or as a master real time clock for the rest of the network. There shall be a battery backup of fifteen years for the real time
clock.
Enclosures - Provide for a plastic enclosure with a separate back plate with terminals such that the electronic portion of the
controller can be easily remover for ease of installation and servicing.

Page 11 of 56

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply

The DDC shall be


fabricated in metal
enclsoure

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

3.2

Configurable Controllers (CC)- A controller designed through its I/O configuration and configurable control logic to be used for
a specific type mechanical equipment. Typical applications are VAV boxes, Fan Coil Units, Roof Top Units, Unit Ventalators,
Split DX Systems, Heat Pumps. Lighting Controls, etc. All SCs shall conform to the standards as established in Section 1.2E
so long as such standards exist for its intended application. If such standards do not exist then the Si shall demonstrate that
the controller meets industry standards for communication and data sharing for the protocol.

Comply

Configurable unitary
controllers are provided
for VAVs

Performance: Inputs Provide software selectable universal inputs. Analog inputs-shall have the following minimum level of
performance: 12 bit A to D resolution; manage thermistors with an accuracy of: 0.5oC; 0.9oF, and a Potentiometer. For VAV
Applications provide a differential pressure input sensor built in to the controller with a adjustable range of 0 to 1 H20 (0-248.8
Pa) static pressure with a minimum accuracy of 3%. Minimum response time shall be 0.5 seconds from input to output time.

Comply

B
C
1
2
D
1
2

Output - Analog outputs shall have the following minimum level of performance: Tri-mode Voltage of 0-10 VDC (linear), digital
0-12 VDC (off/on) or PWM. All analog outputs shall be equipped with an auto reset fuse. Output Resolution shall be a
minimum 8 bits digital / analog converter. Digital outputs shall be provided with a minimum of a triac output rated at 0.75 amps
@ 24VAC. All analog outputs and shall be fuse protected.
CC Features:
The CC except for the VAV shall be provided with an optimum start program internal to its control logic. The optimum start
shall be activated by a time of day event signal from its associated scheduler on the network.
The CC shall allow the use of its spare I/O as dumb I/O to be shared over the network to other controllers such as FPC,
where a sequence of operation can be applied to the I/O. Such applications shall include but not be limited to exhaust fan
control, heaters, light control, etc.
Powered Fan Coil Unit Specific functions: In addition to the features for the CC the Powered Fan Coil Unit controller shall
provide the following functions
Provide for four line voltage relays rated for 85 - 265 at 33 VA for the control of the fan and other auxiliary devices. These
relays shall be an integral part of the controller
Provide for wireless sensing capabilities as described in section

Comply

Noted
Noted
Noted

FCU are not applicable


for this project

Noted
Noted

Page 12 of 56

CC are provided only for


VAV

Not applicable for this


project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

Provide for a built in 24 VAC 300 mA power supply

Provide for a LCD based sensor that operates as an user interface for temperature adjustment, override and display of
values.

Accept platinum 1k ohm and thermistor 10k ohms type II sensors as well as nickel 1k ohm thermistor sensors.

VAV Specific functions. In addition to the features for the CC VAV controller shall provide the following functions

The CC VAV shall be a single integrated package consisting of a microprocessor, power supply, damper actuator, differential
pressure transducer, field terminations, and application software. An alternate model shall be offered that allows for direct
connectivity to an external actuator for those applications that employ a non-butterfly style damper configuration. All
input/output signals shall be directly hardwired to the CC VAV controller except were there is a requirement for wireless
sensing. The internal actuator shall employ a manual override that allows for powered or non-powered adjustment of the
damper position. In all cases, the controller shall automatically resume proper operation following the return of power to, or
control by the CC VAV. Programming, configuring and/or troubleshooting of input/output signals shall be easily executed
through the CC VAV sensor at the wall sensor location through a network connection.
The CC VAV control algorithms shall be designed to limit the frequency of damper repositioning, to extend the life of the
components. The CC VAV shall provide an internal differential pressure transducer. Flows through transducers requiring
filter maintenance are not acceptable. The CC VAV shall provide zone control accuracy equal to or better than +/- 1 degree
Fahrenheit. With the submittal package, supplier/provider shall provide performance data that verifies control accuracy of the
CC VAV.
Provide for CO2 control from control logic within the CC VAV as per the sequence of operation.

Page 13 of 56

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Noted

Transformers will be
provided to provide
24VAC power supply to
the controllers.

Comply

Wall module thermostat


with LCD display will be
provided for every VAV
controller.

Noted

Thermostat shall be on
sylk bus communication
with the controller

Comply

VAV controller are with


built in damper actuator
and air flow sensor
probe.

Comply

Noted

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

4
F

Configuration of all I/O points shall be accomplished without physical hardware jumpers, switches or settings.
CC VAV - Air Balancing
Precalibration: Provide as part of the configuration wizard for the CC VAV an automatic calibration tool that will calibrate the
box air balance position based upon the K factor of the box and the cross section of the input duct to the VAV box. The
precalibration procedure shall be implemented for all boxes within 5 working days of delivery of conditioned air to the boxes. If
such a precalibration tool cannot be provided then System Integrator shall provide for manual adjustment to all VAV boxes to
meet the comfort need in the respective areas.
Certified Air Balance: The following Air Balancing tools shall be provided:
LCD sensor calibration tool. Provide for a LCD based sensor that operates as a user interface for temperature adjustment,
override and display of values along with the ability to perform Air Balance task. The LCD sensor shall provide for access to
all of the VAV input and out put variables to allow for complete Air balance task. Upon completion of Air Balance the
application shall deliver a code that documents the air balance calibration for each individual VAV box. In addition the LCD
sensor shall operate as a standalone Air Balance tool that communicates directly to the VAV through a wall mounted
sensor with communication port to the VAV.

Comply

a)

Comply

Comply

b)

The CC VAV shall also provide a web browser based balancing tool. This tool shall allow the air balancer to manually
control the action of the actuator (e.g. full open, full close, open slowly, close slowly, etc...). Automatic calibration as well as
two-point calibration shall be available through this web page. The air balance sequence shall step the balancing
supplier/provider through the checkout and calibration of the CC VAV. Upon completion of the balancing sequence, the
flow values presented by the CC VAV shall match those observed by the balancing supplier/provider's measurement
equipment. Additionally, upon completion of the air balance, the CC VAV shall automatically archive the balance settings
for future use including a calibration code that documents the air balance calibration for each individual VAV box.

Comply

c)

Systems not able to provide a web based air balance tool and a LCD Sensor bases balancing tool as part of their the CC
VAV shall provide an individual full time technician during the Air-balancing process to assure full balance compliance.

Comply

3.3

Special Purpose Configurable Controllers (SPCC)- A controller designed with unique functions and features particular to a
specific type of mechanical equipment or applications that may be less common and or standarizied in its use and application.

Page 14 of 56

REMARKS

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

The SPCCT shall be a microprocessor based controller with all of its control logic, sensors, inputs and outputs, network
communication and user interface provided within a manufacture provided enclosure specific to the application. The
enclosure shall be aesthetically appealing with a modern design that will fit in with the architecture of the building. A sample of
the SPCCT shall be provided as part of the submittal process.

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

The SPCCT shall be programmed through the user interface contained within the controller and through a software based
configuration tool.

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

The User interface display shall be provided with 3 levels of password protection: Level 1 - Lockout with view only and time
adjustment; Level 2 - schedule override and mode settings; Level 3 - full access to all parameters. Where required in the
sequence of operation provide for within Level 2 access the ability to change the units of measure displayed for temperature
from Fahrenheit to Celsius. The display shall be back lighted for easy viewing.

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

If required within the sequence of operation, provide for a control schedule and time clock within the SPCCT. The control
schedule shall provide for a separate schedule for each day of the week with 4 events per day. The real time clock will have a
six hour power reserve time

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

The SPCCT shall utilize a PI (proportional and integral) control algorithm. Upon power failure, all programmed schedules and
parameters must be retained in non volatile flash memory. Progressive temperature recovery shall be a standard feature.
Two configurable digital/binary inputs will be available as well as two remote temperature sensor inputs for outdoor air and
remote room/return air monitoring. Built-in frost protection, which can be disabled, will energize the heating as soon as the
ambient temperature falls below 45F (5C). An auxiliary digital/binary output, which can be configured for normally open or
normally closed operation, will also be available.

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

DESCRIPTION
SPCC - Thermostat (SPCCT) - A self-contained controller with a built-in user interface that is intended for installation in the
occupied space of the building. The SPCCT shall have the following features:

Page 15 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

a)

b)

DESCRIPTION
Provide for wireless sensing of the designated sensors and or switches as shown on the Point List Chart. Wireless sensing is
comprised of the following components; wireless sensor or switch (transmitter), wireless receiver, wireless configuration
application and wireless transmission test equipment. All components shall comply with these requirements.
Wireless temperature sensor/switch - the wireless sensing technology provided shall transmit a RF message indicating the
value or position of the sensor. The transmission range shall be a minimum of 100 meters unobstructed line of sight and 30
meters in buildings.
Each sensor or switch shall be provided with energy harvesting technology such that no battery will be required to maintain
normal operations. If using a Solar Cell for energy harvesting, normal operation parameters shall be defined as a minimum of
4 hours of 200lx of light to produce an operation of the sensor for a period of no less than 20 hours in total darkness. In
sufficient light levels are not available, provide a battery back up.
For temperature sensors all measurement of value shall be read by the sensor no less than once every 100 seconds and
transmit a signal to the receiver within this time period should a variations occur from set point of more than +- 0.3 deg. C for
a space sensor or an outside air or duct or water sensor.

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project

c)

Sensor or switch shall be provided with a unique identifying code to correspond its location to the receiver. The identifying
code shall be displayed in bar code permanently attached to the sensor or switch. In addition the sensor or switch shall be
provided with a manual push button to transmit its identifying code to the receiver for installation.

Noted

d)

All sensor locations shall be verified to be in compliance with


manufactures installation requirements and be tested for acceptable signal strength.

Noted

e)

Wireless sensors and switches shall be provided for the following as required:

Noted

Page 16 of 56

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

1)

Space Sensors - Space sensors shall be provided as required with temperature measurement, set point adjustment,
override and humidity sensing. Accuracy of the sensors shall be 0.4 deg. C Sensor shall be submitted for pre-approval for
performance and visual appearance.

Noted

2)

Mechanical Room Sensors - Duct temperature sensor, outside air sensor, Surface temperature contact temperature sensor
and Well emersion sensor.

Noted

3)

Light Switches - Light switches shall be provided as required, either in a 2 channel or 4 channel configurations.

Noted

For CC provide for the management a minimum of 5 wireless sensors or switches inputs. For PC provide for a minimum of
14 wireless sensor or switches inputs. Where needed to achieve signal range requirements, provide for an external antenna.

Noted

Wireless Configuration: The configuration of the wireless sensors shall be an integral part of the CC configuration tool.

Noted

Wireless Transmission Test Equipment. Provide for test equipment that will measure the strength of the transmission
between the required location of the sensor or switch and the receiver located at the controller. All Sensors or switched shall
be verified to have acceptable signal strength prior to installation.

Noted

Lighting Control (SPCC-LC)- A standalone microprocessor based lighting control panel that contains line and or low voltage
relays for control of the lighting circuits along with the appropriate schedules and local user interface.
The SPCC-LC shall provide as a minimum the following functionality;

Noted

Noted

Occupant-Sensitive Operating Scenarios

Noted

Page 17 of 56

REMARKS
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Schedule With Flick Warn

Noted

Time-delay Overrides With Flick Warn

Noted

Common Area Interlock With Egress Timer

Noted

Master Switch Control With Flick Option

Noted

Cleaning Lights

Noted

Automatic Daylight Switching With Occupant Interlock/Override

Noted

Status and Runtime Data

Noted

It shall be composed of multiple controllers, with the capacity to manage input switches and sensors, output relays as well as
lighting sequences and groups, enabling the user to configure and monitor a very large number of different lighting schemes
and schedules.

Noted

The SPCC-LC shall provide, as a minimum, the ability to interface with the hardware of the associated relay panels to allow
for minimal disruption to the existing high voltage panel wiring. The SPCC-LC shall be capable of providing all logic, control,
runtime data, status information, and communications functions. From any built-in operator interface of any display unit, the
ability to read the status of the lighting relays and switches shall be provided.

Noted

Page 18 of 56

REMARKS
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project

It shall be configured using a software configuration tool.

Noted

The SPCC-LC shall allow for the configuration of up to 16 schedules, each


comprised of 7 weekday and 4 holiday schedules.

Noted

The SPCC-LC display unit shall allow for the local display of lighting points
as described in 5.2 . It shall also contain an astrological time clock that allows for the real time calculation of the geographic
location using latitude and longitude information. This is to allow for precise and efficient outside lighting control.

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

The SPCC-LC shall be able to control the General Electric three-wire


relay or a two wire Aromat relay.

Noted

SPCC and SPCCT are


not required for the
project

Part 4
4.1

BAS SOFTWARE TOOLS


Provide adequate copies of all tools necessary for the development, maintenance, expansion and use of the BAS described
within these specifications. All software tools shall be compatible with Microsoft Windows XP Professional. For the purpose of
this specification software tools shall be divided into the following categories and meet these specified requirements.
Plug-Ins or Wizards: Software modules used for the configuration and programming of the BAS controllers. Plug-ins shall be
provided free of charge and be compatible with the current published versions of the network management tool that is provided
as part of this project. The plug-in software shall be available for public access from the manufacturers web site. These plug-in
programming tools shall be compatible with at least 3 other manufactures network management tools. The SI shall demonstrate
as part of their prequalification as to how they intend to comply with these requirements. Should plug-ins as specified herein
not be available then the SI shall provide the following:
Provide adequate copies of the programming or configuration tools (excluding the UIP and GUI tools) along with any
manufacture specific software tools required to operate the programming or configuration tools. Such tools shall be provided
with a permanent and operating system transferable license.

Page 19 of 56

Comply

Comply

Comply

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
2
3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Provided free of charge to the owner or his designated agent for a period of 10 years the latest manufactures updates to the
software described in paragraph 1.
Provide a statement, as part of the prequalification, signed by an officer of
the Manufacture validating the performance of the requirements in
paragraph 1 & 2.
Network Management Tool (NMT): A software tool set that provides for the development and management of Building
Automations Systems networks as described within these specifications. The NMT shall provide the following minimum
functionality:
Creation of BAS databases through device / controller installation. This database shall reside on the BAS GUI Personal
Computer or other PC based server as specified. This application shall support multiple clients on the LAN including User
Interface devices.
Provide for device / controller configuration and or programming through software modules as described in the field level
controller programming section.
Support copy-paste function for network, subsystem and device
Provide for device / controller diagnostics.
Provide for device / controller maintenance activities
Provide for binding of variable to and from controller to controller over the
network.
Provide for the ability to view and modify all of the point variables contained within any controller on the network.
Provide for the monitoring of variable and configuration properties in real-time.

Provide for support of a client-sever operating system with a single Server and multiple interoperating client applications

10

Provide for support of a full client-sever operating system with multiple Servers and multiple interoperating client applications

11
12
C

Provide for system diagnostics.


Provide for management of the database including backup, copy, import and export functions.
Field Level Controller Programming; Software tools used for the configuration and custom programming of the Configurable
Controllers (CCs), Programmable Controllers (PCs) and or the Special Purpose Configurable Controllers (SPCCs). The
programming tools shall perform the following functions:

Page 20 of 56

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

PC programming shall be accomplished by either: Text based codes similar to the BASIC programming language combined
with objects to define normal controller functions such as PID loops, optimum start stops, I/O configurations, timers,
schedules, trends, and network variables or; Graphical programming language (GPL) where objects are used to define
different portions of the control sequence. All control sequences programmed into the PC shall be stored in non-volatile
memory. Systems that only allow selection of sequences from a library or table are not acceptable. All code must be
exportable to a library for future use.
CC and SPCC - Provide for the programming of the required sequence of operation through an intuitive menu driven
selection process. No text code or graphical programming will be allowed. The configuration tools menu shall define items
such as I/O configurations, set point, delays, PID loops, optimum start stops, and network variables settings. The
configuration tool must indicate the device status and allows system override
Field Level Controller Programming tools shall provide for the viewing and manipulation in real time all hard I/O and soft
points including constants, and variables through a table menu or browser. Any point may be hidden from view for easier
operation. Provide the ability to save view configurations settings along with a short cut to the browser that does not require
the operating the NMT.
Network Level Device Programming: Programming software used to configure or program the Network Level Devices. These
tools shall be provided as a plug-in that is compatible with the network management tool.

Comply

Comply

Comply

Comply

User Interface Design (UID) designing tools used to create a graphical or text based user interface. A library of preprogrammed
components shall be provided to simplify creation of animated graphics and placement of dynamic point values on the graphical
screens. The graphic screen creation shall be accomplished by a drag and drop programming as opposed to line code
programming. The line code programming shall be available for advanced screen design and editing. All linking of the data
points from the data base to the graphics shall be completed from within the graphical tool set. The tools shall allow for the
creation of graphics in animation and 2 and 3 dimensional formats. The software shall place no restriction on number: of points
used or tags in the system; of users; or on connectivity to other database aware applications. The software shall be capable of
being backed up and restored by commercially available backup mechanisms. Note that this software can be provided as a
separate tool set from the GUI.

Comply

Graphical User Interface (GUI) Operating System: Tools used to provide for user access to the day to day operation of the
BAS. These tools shall include for the display, management and adjustment of all points within the system using a direct driver
to BAS network. The following functions shall be included within this toolset:

Comply

Page 21 of 56

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
1

a)

b)
c)
d)
2
a)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Administrative functions - Provide all necessary administrative functions to insure a complete secure and reliable GUI.
Provide a minimum these administrative functions:
Security. Each operator shall be required to log on to the system with a user name and password in order to view, edit, add,
or delete data. System security shall be selectable for each operator. The system supervisor shall have the ability to set
passwords and security levels for all other operators. Each operator password shall be able to restrict the operators access
for viewing and/or changing each system application, full screen editor, and object. Provide five levels of password
protection ranging from view only to full administrative functions.
On-Line Help. Provide a context sensitive, on-line help system to assist the operator in operation and editing of the system.
On-line help shall be available for all applications and shall provide the relevant data for that particular screen.
Manual Database Save and Restore
System Diagnostics. The system shall automatically monitor the operation of network connections, building management
panels, and controllers. The failure of any device shall be annunciated to the operator.
Graphics Display. The system graphics shall be able to be modified while on line. An operator with the proper password level
shall be able to add, delete, or change graphics.
All analog I/O values shall be available to be displayed in imperial and or metric units, with plain English descriptors based
upon the owners preference.

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

b)

Standard Graphics: All graphics shall be created from a library of standard HVAC equipment such as chillers, boilers, air
handlers, terminals, fan coils, fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, ductwork, etc. contained within the UIP where
possible. If custom graphical objects are required, the objects must be stored within the library of the UIP

Comply

c)

Where floor plan graphics are required, AutoCAD files shall be provided by Owner for use in developing floor plan graphics.

Comply

d)
e)
f)
g)

As a minimum, the operating software shall permit the operator to perform the following tasks with a minimum knowledge of
the HVAC Control System provided and basic computing skills.
View data (temperature, flow rate, etc.) on HVAC equipment, and/or lighting, card access, and intrusion detection
equipment.
Navigate multiple sites.
Locate potentially faulty equipment through audible or visible alarms.

Page 22 of 56

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
h)
3
a)
b)
c)
d)

e)
f)
g)
4

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Override values and states of all equipment as allowed by their respective password level.
Provide the following Dynamic Graphics.
Show all motor-driven equipment, liquid level control, and temperature deviations from set point in floor plan graphics.
Show animation by shifting image files based on the status of the point (e.g. moving fan, filling tank, room getting warmer,
etc.)
All mechanical system controlled or monitored by the BAS
Use pictorial representation of components. Provide the current status of all I/O points being controlled and applicable to
the mechanical system.
Provide overall floor plan of each floor, showing individual air handler zones. and space temperature zones. Show heating
and cooling zones in a range of colors, which shows deviations from set points. The colors shall be updated dynamically as
zones comfort conditions change. Show space sensor locations for each zone, with set points.
Lighting floor plan. Show each floor lighting control zone and override push buttons.
Point values, adjustment and override. Provide dynamic point values that are refreshing at a rate of no less than a 20
second interval. All points in override shall be displayed as a separate color from the normal state.
Programming tool access. Provide for access to any programming tools required for the configuration and programming of
the BAS through a direct link contained within the graphics associated with the controller to be programmed. This function
shall not require the inclusion of a network management tool
Trend log management. Display all required trended points in a color graphical format on a XY axis. Provide for the display of
up to 10 points on a single graph each with a separate color and a legend to describe the point displayed and the associated
color. Date time range shall be selectable from 1 minute to 1 year or more. Provide for a zoom function and a time, date,
value stamp that corresponds to the mouse courser position on the graph. All data shall be exportable in a SQL format to an
access database.
Scheduling - Provide for a graphical display of a monthly calendar that allow for implementation of six individual change of
states per day plus 4 separate special day schedules. Implementation of special day shall be implemented with a drag and
drop function on to the calendar. All resulting time schedules shall be viewable by placing the cursor over the selected day.
The scheduling functions shall be provided as plug-in and be opened from any graphic page without the need for a network
management tool.

Page 23 of 56

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

Part 5
5.1
A
B
5.2

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Alarm Management - All alarms from any device residing on the network shall be reported and logged in an alarm
management tool resident in the GUI. The alarms shall be displayed in a table with user defined groups that can be arranged
by column, reported date, priority, trouble, disabled, acknowledged and unacknowledged status. Each alarm shall have a user
defined name associated with it along with a descriptive action to take.
All alarmed points shall have the ability to be delivered to designated reporting devices such as a printer, alpha numeric
pager, cell phone, email or to an audio visual device. Each alarm shall have the ability to have its reporting location
designated based upon a 24 hour 365 day schedule where as a different designated reporting destination can be specified
based upon the time of day and the day of week. The alarms that are not acknowledged within a user defined period of time
shall be provided with 2 additional level escalated levels of reporting. Provide the ability to export all alarm histories in a csv,
access or excel format.
USER INTERFACES
GUI Personal Computer - The PC provided as the primary means of access into the BAS. It shall contain all the required
software tools as discribed in Section 4 - BAS Software Tools.
PC Hardware - Provide a (insert latest PC discription and printer)
PC Operating System - The PC shall be provided with Microsoft Windows XP
professional Operating Systems software and the latest version of Symantec Antivirus Software including a 1 year upgrade
subscription service to the Symantec software.
LCD Display - A wall mounted easy to operate User Interface that provides direct read / write access to any point on the
network. The LCD Display shall provide the following:

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply

The Display shall consist of an alphanumeric LCD display of 16 lines x 16 characters, and a multi-function keyboard. At total of
250 points shall be available for display and or control in groups of 50. Each group shall have a minimum of 13 alpha numeric
character descriptor and each point shall have up to a minimum of 16 character alpha numeric descriptor.

Comply

The display shall have a graphical logo displayed on its default screen. This logo shall be a standard monochrome bitmap of 89
x 128 pixels that the user can replace. Configuration of the display shall be made available from a wizard contained within the
system programming tools

Comply

The Display User access shall be through a simple to use directional and entry buttons. Full keyboards shall be accepted

Comply

The LCD Display shall be provided as a surface mount or flush mount as shown on the mechanical drawings.

Comply

Page 24 of 56

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

5.3

LCD Sensor - Where required provide for a LCD based sensor to connect to the VAV and or FCU that operates as a user
interface for temperature adjustment, override and display of values along with the ability to perform Air Balance task (for VAV).

5.4
1.1
A
B

PERIPHERAL DEVICES
Temperature Sensors and Transmitters - General Sensor & Transmitter Requirements
Provide sensors and transmitters required as outlined in the input/output summary and sequence of operation, and as required
to achieve the specified accuracy as specified herein.
Temperature transmitters shall be equipped with individual zero and span adjustments. The zero and span adjustments shall
be non-interactive to permit calibration without iterative operations. Provide a loop test signal to aid in sensor calibration.

Temperature transmitters shall be sized and constructed to be compatible with the medium to be monitored. Transmitters shall
be equipped with a linearization circuit to compensate for non-linearities of the sensor and bridge and provide a true linear
output signal.
Temperature sensors shall be of the resistance type and shall be either platinum 1k ohm or thermistor 10k ohms type II as
specficied elsewhere.
Thermistors are acceptable provided the mathematical relationship of a thermistor with respect to resistance and temperature
with the thermistor fitting constraints is contained with the CU operating software and the listed accuracys can be obtained.
Submit proof of the software mathematical equation and thermistor manufacturer fitting constants used in the thermistor
mathematical/expressions. Thermistors shall be of the Thermistor (NTC) Type with a minimum of 100 ohm/F. resistance
change versus temperature to insure good resolution and accuracy. Thermistors shall be certified to be stable 0.24F. over 5
years and 0.36F. accurate and free from drift for 5 years.
CU operating software shall be equipped with a self-calibrating feature for temperature sensors.

The following accuracys are required and include errors associated with the sensor, lead wire and A to D conversion.

C
D

Point Type
Outside Air

Accuracy
0.5F

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Comply

Wall module thermostat


with LCD display will be
provided for every VAV
controller.

Comply
Comply

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply

Page 25 of 56

NTC 20K type sensors


are proposed.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

H
I
1
2
3
4
J
1
2
3
K
1
2

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Chilled Water
0.5F
Room Temperature
1.00F
Hot Water/Steam
0.75F
Duct Temperature
0.5F
Sensors Used in Energy Water (BTU) or Process Calculations
0.1 F
Sensors used in BTU or process calculations shall be accurate to 0.10F over the process temperature range. Submit a
manufacturers calibration report indicating that the calibration certification is traceable to the National Bureau of Standards
(NBS) Calibration Report Nos. 209527/222173.
Thermowells
When thermowells are required, the sensor and well shall be supplied as a complete assembly including well head and
greenfield fitting.
Thermowells shall be pressure rated and constructed in accordance with the system working pressure
Thermowells and sensors shall be mounted in a threadolet or % NPT saddle and allow easy access to the sensor for repair
or replacement.
Thermowells shall be constructed of the following materials: Chilled and Hot Water: brass;Steam: 316 stainless steel; Brine
(salt solutions): marine grade stainless steel.
Outside Air Sensors
Outside air sensors shall be designed to withstand the environmental conditions to which they will be exposed. They shall
also be provided with a solar shield.
Sensors exposed to wind velocity pressures shall be shielded by a perforated plate surrounding the sensor element.
Temperature transmitters shall be of NEMA 3R construction and rated for ambient temperatures.
Duct Type Sensors
Duct mount sensors shall mount in a hand box through a hole in the duct and be positioned so as to be easily accessible for
repair or replacement. A neoprene grommet (sealtite fitting and mounting plate) shall be used on the sensor assembly to
prevent air leaks.
Duct sensors shall be insertion type and constructed as a complete assembly including lock nut and mounting plate. Duct
sensors probe shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.

Page 26 of 56

REMARKS

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
N.A
N.A

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply

Comply
Comply

Not applicable for this


project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

For outdoor air duct applications, use a weatherproof mounting box with weatherproof cover and gasket.

Comply

Averaging Duct Type Sensors - For ductwork greater any dimension than 48 inches and/or where air temperature
stratification exists, utilize an averaging sensor with multiple sensing points. The averaging sensor shall be a 304 stainless
steel tube with holes extending across the duct or plenum to be sampled. A bleed hole outside the duct or plenum causes air
to enter the sample tube and exit at the bleed hole, thus bathing the sensor in average air. The averaging sensor shall be
installed complete with end cap, compression fittings, gaskets, mounting flange and required accessories. Provide capillary
supports at the sides of the duct to support the sensing string.

Comply

L
1

Relative Humidity Sensors/Transmitter


The sensor shall be a solid state, resistance type relative
humidity sensor of the Bulk Polymer Design. The sensor element shall be washable and shall resist surface contaminations.

Comply

3
4

Humidity transmitter shall be equipped with non-interactive span and zero adjustments, a 2 wire isolated loop powered, 420Ma, 0-10 VDC linear proportional output.
The humidity transmitter shall meet the following overall accuracy including lead loss and A to D conversion.
Room Type Sensor 3% RH

Comply
Comply

Provide a single point humidity calibrator, if required, for field calibration. Transmitters shall be shipped factory pre-calibrated.

Comply

M
1

Differential Pressure Transmitters and Accessories


General Air and Water Pressure Transmitter Requirements:
Pressure transmitters shall be constructed to withstand 100% pressure over-range without damage and to hold calibrated
accuracy when subject to a momentary 40% over-range input.
Pressure transmitters shall provide the option to transmit a 0 to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDC, or 4 to 20 mA output signal.
Differential pressure transmitters used for flow measurement shall be sized to the flow-sensing device and shall be supplied
with shutoff and bleed valves in the high and low sensing pick-up lines (3 valve manifolds).
Provide a minimum of a NEMA 1 housing for the transmitter. Locate transmitters in accessible local control panels wherever
possible.

Comply

2
3
4
5

REMARKS

Page 27 of 56

Comply

Comply

N.A
Comply

Not applicable for this


project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

6
7
a)

DESCRIPTION
Low air pressure, differential pressure transmitters used for room filter monitoring. Shall be equipped with a LED display
indicating the transmitter output signal.
Low Air Pressure Applications (0 to 0.5 WC)
The pressure transmitter shall be capable of transmitting a linear electronic signal proportional to the differential of the room
and reference static pressure input signals with the following minimum performance specifications.

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Noted

Differential pressure
switch is proposed. LED
indicators not available
on switch.

N.A

b)

Span: Not greater than two times the design space DP.

N.A

c)

Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5% of F.S.

N.A

d)

Dead Band: Less than 0.3% of output.

N.A

e)

Repeatability: Within 0.2% of output.

N.A

f)

Linearity: Plus or minus 0.2% of span.

N.A

g)

Response: Less than one second for full span input.

N.A

h)

Temperature Stability: Less than 0.01% output shift per degree F. change.

N.A

8
9
N

The transmitter shall utilize variable capacitance sensor technology and be immune to shock and vibration.
Provide an 18 month warranty for each transmitter. Replace all transmitters found to be defective at no cost to the Owner
during the warranty period.
Flow, Pressure, and Electrical Measuring Apparatus

Page 28 of 56

Comply
Comply

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

Traverse Probe Air Flow Measuring Stations- Traverse probes


shall be a dual manifold, cylindrical, type constructed of 3003 extruded aluminum with an anodized finish to eliminate surface
pitting and unnecessary air friction. The multiple total pressure manifolds shall have sensors located along the stagnation
plane of the approaching air flow and without the physical presence of forward projecting sensors into the airstream. The
static pressure manifold shall incorporate dual offset static tips on opposing sides of the averaging manifold so as to be
insensitive to flow-angle variations of as much as 20o in the approaching airstream.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

The air flow traverse probe shall not induce a measurable pressure drop, nor shall the sound level within the duct be
amplified by its singular or multiple presences in the airstream. Each airflow measuring probe shall contain multiple total and
static pressure sensors placed at equal distances along the probe length. The number of sensors on each probe and the
quantity of probes utilized at each installation shall comply with the ASHRAE Standards for duct traversing.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Traverse probes shall be accurate to 25% of the measured airflow range down to 0.25 WC static pressure.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Each flow measuring station shall be complete with its own dedicated microprocessor with a 4-line, 80 character, Alpha
Numeric display and full function key pad. The panel shall be fully programmable and display calculated CFM directly on a
LED monitor on the panel face.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Each station shall log air flow rates in real time and download data to its control unit (CU) via a RS-232 interface.

N.A

Provide 24 volt 1 phase power to each flow measuring station.

N.A

O
1

Shielded Static Pressure Sensor


Provide for each zone where required a shielded static pressure sensor suitable for ceiling surface mounting, complete with
multiple sensing ports, pressure impulse suppression chamber with minimum volume of 50 cubic inches, airflow shielding,
and 3/8" compression takeoff fittings, all contained in a welded stainless steel casing, with polish finish on the exposed
surfaces.
These probes shall be capable of sensing the static pressure in the proximity of the sensor to within 1% of the actual
pressure value while being subjected to a maximum airflow of 1000 FPM from a radial source.

Page 29 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
3
4
P
1

Q
R
1
2
3
4
5
S

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

The shielded static sensing devices shall be used for both reference and space pressure sensing.
Pressure sensors used for outside air pressure reference purposes shall be equipped with a conduit seal for pneumatic
tubing and bushings for a weather tight installation.
Static Pressure Traverse Probe - Provide multipoint traverse probes in the duct at each point where static pressure sensing is
required.
Each duct static traverse probe shall contain multiple static pressure sensors located along the exterior surface of the
cylindrical probe. Pressure sensing points shall not protrude beyond the surface of the probe.
The duct static traverse probe shall be of 304 stainless steel construction and (except for 3/4" dia. probes with lengths of 24"
or less) be complete with threaded end support rod, sealing washer and nut, and mounting plate with gasket and static
pressure signal fitting. The static traverse probe shall be capable of producing a steady, non-pulsating signal of standard
static pressure without need for correction factors, with an instrument accuracy of 21.
Carbon Dioxide Sensor for Demand Controlled Ventilation. Provide a general purpose indoor transmitter/sensor assembly with
removable sensor, UL listed. 4-20 mA DC output representing 0-2000 ppm. Minimum (5) year sensor life, with field-replaceable
sensor unit. Accuracy +/- 1 percent of reading at 77 degF. Long term drift less than 1 percent of scale per year. For wallmounted sensors, provide local readout display.
Venturi Flowmeter - Provide venture flowmeters with the following features:
Pressure drop on venturi type flow meters shall not exceed 0.25" WC. Each venturi low and high pressure taps shall be
equipped with nipples, valves and quick disconnects.
Equip each venturi with a metal identification tag indicating the size, location, GPM and meter reading for the GPM specified.
Provide (1) 6" dial differential pressure meter of the proper range to determine piping system flow rate. The meter shall be the
property of the Owner.
Venturi meters shall utilize flanged or screwed connections for removal purposes and shall be rated for the system operating
pressures.
The venturi flow meter shall be factory calibrated to provide a minimum of flow accuracy between actual and factory flow
calibration data.
Current Transformers - Provide current transformers with the following features:

Page 30 of 56

N.A
N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
1
2

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

The current transformers shall be designed to be installed or removed without dismantling the primary bus or cables. The
transformer shall be of a split core design.
The core and windings shall be completely encased in a UL approved thermoplastic rated 94VA. No metal parts shall be
exposed other than the terminals.

N.A
N.A

Frequency Limits: 50 to 400 Hz. Insulation: 0.6 KV Class, 10 KV BIL.

N.A

Accuracy: 1% at 5.0 to 25.0 VA accuracy class with U.P.F. burden.

N.A

Provide a disconnect switch for each current transformer.

N.A

Current Sensing Switches - Current sensing switch shall be self-powered with solid-state circuitry and a dry contact output.
Current sensing switches shall consist of a solid state current sensing circuit, adjustable trip point, solid state switch, SPDT
relay and an LED indicating the on or off status. A conductor of the load shall be passed through the window of the device. It
shall accept over current up to twice its trip into range.
Relays - Relays other than those associated with digital output cards shall be general purpose, enclosed plug-in type with 8-pin
octal plug and protected by a heat and shock resistant duct cover. Number of contacts and operational function shall be as
required.
Solid State Relays (SSR): Input/output isolation shall be greater than lOE9 ohms with a breakdown voltage of 1500V root
mean square or greater at 60 Hz. The contact life shall be 10 x 10 E6 operations or greater. The ambient temperature range of
SSRs shall be -20 to +140F. Input impedance shall not be less than 500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the application.
Operating and release time shall be for 100 milliseconds or less. Transient suppression shall be provided as an integral part of
the relay.

N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

Comply

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Contactors: Contactors shall be of the single coil, electrically operated, mechanically held type. Positive locking shall be
obtained without the use of hooks, latches, or semipermanent magnets. Contractor shall be double-break-silver-to-silver type
protected by arcing contacts. The number of contacts and rating shall be selected for the application. Operating and release
times shall be 100 milliseconds or less. Contactors shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Dirty Filter Differential Air Pressure Switch - Provide for a large diaphragm operated, SPDT switch, exposed adjustment, 1%
repetitive accuracy.

Comply

Page 31 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
Y
Z
5.2

a)
1)
a)
1)

DESCRIPTION
Differential Water Pressure Switch - Provide a double diaphragm type, brass or stainless wetted parts, min. 200 psi working
pressure. Adjustable cut-in and differential, SPDT snap acting switch suitable for 120 VAC control circuit.
Water Flow Switch (Paddle Type) - Provide a brass body, aluminum housing, and stainless steel segmented paddle. Magnetic
link between paddle movement and switch movement.
Valves and Actuators
General - Provide electric and electronic control system products in sizes and capacities indicated, consisting of automatic
control valves, automatic control dampers, thermostats, clocks, sensors, controllers, and other components as required for
complete installation. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturers standard control system components as indicated
by published product information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer. Provide electric control
systems with the following functional and construction features as indicated.
Automatic Control Valves
Provide automatic control valves suitable for the specified controlled media of the type and general construction indicated.
Where type or general construction is not indicated, provide selection as determined by manufacturer for installation
requirements and pressure class, based on controlled media, maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system,
and other pertinent application requirements. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves which mate and match material of
connecting piping. Provide equipment control valves with control valve actuators of required input power type and control
signal type that will accurately position the flow control element and provide sufficient force to achieve required leakage
specification.
Distribution Valves
Flanged Valves, line size 2.5 to 6

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Controlled Media Specific Items (Select one or more of the following controlled media)
Steam - The control valve shall be suitable for saturated steam to a maximum temperature of 337F (170C) and a
maximum pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa). A Linear flow characteristic and stainless steel trim is recommended.

Page 32 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

2)

Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32F (0C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250F (120C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze trim is
recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating
differential pressures up to 50psi.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

3)

Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 20F (-7C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250F
(120C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze trim is recommended for operating
differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 50psi.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

b)
1)
2)

DESCRIPTION

General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards - Select one or both of the following Pressure Classes.
Pressure Class 125 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of gray cast iron according to ASTM A126B, and
shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 125.
Pressure Class 250 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of gray cast iron according to ASTM A126B, and
shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 250.

N.A
N.A

3)

Flange Connection Dimensions - For Class 125 and Class 250 valve assemblies, flange dimensions shall be
according to ANSI B16.1, and valve body flange-to-flange dimensions shall be according to ANSI/ISA S75.03.

N.A

4)

Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02.

N.A

Select one or both of the following flow characteristic types.

N.A

5)

Linear Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a linear flow characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.

N.A

6)

Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a modified equal percentage flow characteristic.

N.A

7)

Rangeability - The control valve shall have a minimum rangeability of 100:1.

N.A

Page 33 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
8)

9)
10)

DESCRIPTION
Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.
Select one or both of the following stem packing types.
Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two EPDM
o-rings.
Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring- loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least seven
Teflon v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.
Select one or both of the following trim material types. Stainless steel is recommended for steam applications and high
differential pressure applications. Bronze trim is recommended for normal duty water service.

11)
12)
13)
c)
1)
(i)
(ii)
2)
2)
a)

Bronze Trim - Control valve seat shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300 or ASTM A582 Type
303, and plug shall be made of bronze according to UNS C84400.
Stainless Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300, or ASTM
A582 Type 303.
Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A.
Service Parts
Packings - Select one or both of the following stem packing types.
Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two
EPDM o-rings. The cartridge type packing shall be replaceable as a unit.
Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring-loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least three
Teflon v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.
Trim - Plug and Stem - The control plug shall be replaceable as a unit.
Threaded Valves, line 0.5 to 2

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

N.A
N.A

N.A

Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media.

Page 34 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

1)

Steam - The control valve shall be suitable for saturated steam to a maximum temperature of 337F (170C) and a
maximum pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa). A Linear flow characteristic and stainless steel trim is recommended.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

2)

Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32F (0C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250F (120C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze or brass trim
is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating
differential pressures up to 50psi.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Not applicable for this


project

3)

b)

Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 20F (-7C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250F
(120C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze or brass trim is recommended for
operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating differential pressures
up to 50psi.
General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards

1)

Pressure Class 250 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of cast bronze according to UNS C84400 or forged
brass according to UNS C37700, and shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 250.

N.A

2)

Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1.

N.A

3)

Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project

Select one or both of the following flow characteristic types.


4)

Linear Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a linear flow characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.

N.A

5)

Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a modified equal percentage flow characteristic.

N.A

6)

Range ability - The control valve shall have a minimum range ability of 100:1.

N.A

Page 35 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
7)

8)
9)

DESCRIPTION
Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.
Select one or both of the following stem packing types.
Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two EPDM
o-rings.
Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring- loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least three Teflon
v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.
Select one or both of the following trim material types. Stainless steel is recommended for steam applications and high
differential pressure applications. Bronze/Brass trim is recommended for normal duty water service.

10)
11)
12)
c)
1)
(i)
(ii)
2)
b)

Bronze/Brass Trim - Control valve seat shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300 or ASTM A582
Type 303, and plug shall be made of bronze according to UNS C84400 and/or brass according to UNS C36000 or
C37700
Stainless Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300, or ASTM
A582 Type 303.
Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A.

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project

Service Parts
Packings - Select one or both of the following stem packing types.

N.A

Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two
EPDM o-rings. The cartridge type packing shall be replaceable as a unit.
Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring-loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least three
Teflon v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.
Trim - Plug and Stem - The control plug and stem shall be replaceable as a unit.
Terminal Unit Valves

Page 36 of 56

N.A
N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
1)
a)
1)

2)

3)
b)

DESCRIPTION
Threaded Valves, line 0.5 to 1.5

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Not applicable for this


project

Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media.
Steam - The control valve shall be suitable for saturated steam to a maximum temperature of 250F (120C) and a
maximum pressure of 15 psig (103.5 kPa). A linear flow characteristic and stainless steel trim is recommended.
Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32F (0C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250F (120C). Bronze or brass trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi.
Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 50psi.
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 32F (0C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250F
(120C). Bronze or brass trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is
recommended for operating differential pressures up to 50psi.
General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards

1)

Pressure Class 250 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of cast bronze according to UNS C84400 or forged
brass according to UNS C37700, and shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 250.

N.A

2)

Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1.

N.A

3)

Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02.

N.A

4)
5)
6)

Modified Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a modified equal percentage flow
characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.
Rangeability - The control valve shall have a minimum rangeability of 100:1 on valves with a Cv value greater than or
equal to 1.0 and a minimum rangeability of 50:1 on valves with a Cv value less than 1.0.
Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.

Page 37 of 56

N.A
N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

7)

Chilled Water, Hot Water and Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall contain at least two EPDM o- rings.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

8)
9)
10)
c)
1)
a)
1)
2)
b)
1)

2)

Select one or both of the following trim material types.


Stainless steel is recommended for steam applications and high differential pressure applications. Bronze/Brass trim
is recommended for normal duty water service.
Bronze/Brass Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of bronze according to UNS C84400 and/or brass
according UNS C36000 or C37700.
Stainless Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300, or ASTM
A582 Type 303.
Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A.

N.A
N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

Zone Valves
Threaded or Sweat Connection Valves, line size 0.5 to 1.

N.A

Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media.
Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 34F (1C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 230F (110C).
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 34F (1C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 230F
(110C).
General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

Pressure Class 125 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of forged brass and shall meet requirements of ANSI
B16.1, pressure class ANSI 125.

N.A

Select one or more of the following connection types.

N.A

Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1.

N.A

Page 38 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

3)

Sweat Connection Dimensions - Sweat connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B16.22.

N.A

4)

Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02.

N.A

5)

Linear Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a linear flow characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.

N.A

6)

Leakage Class III (0.1%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class III according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.

N.A

7)

Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall contain at least two EPDM o- rings.

N.A

8)

Brass Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of brass according UNS C36000.

N.A

9)

Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A.

N.A

d)
1)
a)
1)
2)
b)

Ball Valves

N.A

Threaded Valves, line size 0.5 to 2

N.A

Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media.
Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32F (0C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250F (120C).
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 32F (0C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250F
(120C).
General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards

Page 39 of 56

N.A
N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
1)
2)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Body Material - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of forged brass according to ASTM B283, and shall meet
requirements of no less than 360 PSI at 250F.
Ball Material - Valve ball shall consist of chemically nickel-plated brass. Manufacturer shall provide a glass filled
polymer ball insert, as an integral part of the ball, for modulating flow applications.

N.A
N.A

3)

Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1.

N.A

4)

Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02.

N.A

5)

Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have an equal percentage flow characteristic,
according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.

N.A

6)

Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.

N.A

7)

Chilled and Hot Water Packing and Stem - Valve shall have a blow-out proof stem with two EPDM O-rings.

N.A

8)

Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of brass.

N.A

9)

Manual Operation - Valve shall have the ability to be manually operated in the event of a power failure.

N.A

Control Valve Actuators

N.A

Pneumatic Valve Actuators

N.A

a)

General Requirements

N.A

1)

Operating pressure - Valve actuator shall operate with supply pressure up to a maximum of 35psi (240kPa).

N.A

2)

Safety pressure - Valve actuator shall withstand a maximum supply overpressure of 50psi (345kPa) then resume normal
operation when control pressure is applied.

N.A

Page 40 of 56

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
3)
b)
1)
2)
3)
4)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Pressure vessel integrity - Valve actuator shall be tested for pressure vessel integrity at a level of triple maximum
operating pressure.
Distribution Valve Actuators

N.A

Mounting locations - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for mounting in plenum spaces as defined by NEC,
Article 100 - Definitions.
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement.
Control signal - The actuator control signal shall be 5 psi nominal, and shall have a fully adjustable start point over the
nominal range of 3 to 10 psi, to facilitate operational sequencing.
Control signal accuracy Valve actuator position resolution shall be >100:1,with a hysteresis <5% of nominal control
signal span.
Select one of the following operating ambient specifications.

5)

6)
7)
c)
1)
2)

N.A

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

Normal duty operating ambient conditions - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for operation to a minimum
temperature of -40F (-40C), and a maximum temperature of 150F (65C), with 0-95% non-condensing ambient
humidity, and dry air supply.
Heavy duty operating ambient conditions - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for operation to a minimum
temperature of -40F (-40C), and a maximum temperature of 180F (82C), with 0-95% non-condensing ambient
humidity, and dry air supply.
Accessories - For 8 and 12 pneumatic actuators only - The valve actuator shall have provisions to field or factory mount
a pilot positioner.
Terminal Unit Valve Actuators

Page 41 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A
N.A

Mounting locations - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for mounting in plenum spaces as defined by NEC,
Article 100 - Definitions.
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement.

REMARKS

N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
3)
4)
5)
2
a)
1)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Control signal - The actuator control signal shall be 5 psi nominal, and shall have a fully adjustable start point over the
nominal range of 3 to 10 psi, to facilitate operational sequencing.
Control signal accuracy - Valve actuator position resolution shall be >100:1, with a hysteresis <5% of nominal control
signal span.
Normal duty operating ambient conditions - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for operation to a minimum
temperature of -40F (-40C), and a maximum temperature of 150F (65C), with 0-95% non-condensing ambient
humidity, and dry air supply.
Electronic Valve Actuators 24Vac Powered
General Requirements
Applicable Standards

N.A
N.A
N.A

a)

The valve actuator shall be identified as a Class 2 operating device, according to NEC, Article 725.

N.A

b)

The valve actuator shall be tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories according to UL873, and shall bear the UL
and cUL approval symbols.

N.A

c)

The valve actuator shall be designed and tested to NEMA 1 standards, according to NEMA 250.

N.A

For product likely to be exported to or used in Europe or a European territory or commonwealth.

N.A

The valve actuator shall bear the CE mark, and shall be designed and tested according to EU directives 89/336/EWG
and 72/23/EWG.

N.A

d)
2)

Distribution Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators.

N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

a)

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

b)

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Page 42 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

1)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.

N.A

2)

Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).

N.A

c)
3)

Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).
Terminal Unit Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators.

N.A
N.A

a)

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.

N.A

b)

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

1)
2)
3)
c)
4)

a)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.
Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by selfcontained electronic means.
Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).
Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).
Zone Valve Actuators

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.

Page 43 of 56

N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
b)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

1)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.

N.A

2)

Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).

N.A

c)
5)

Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).
Ball Valve Actuators

N.A
N.A

a)

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.

N.A

b)

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

1)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.

N.A

2)

Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).

N.A

3)

Torque Requirement - The control valve actuator shall provide minimum torque required for full valve shutoff position.

N.A

3
a)
1)

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

Electric Valve Actuator 115Vac/230Vac Powered


General Requirements
Applicable Standards

a)

The valve actuator shall be identified as a Class 1 operating device, according to NEC, Article 725.

N.A

b)

The valve actuator shall be tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories according to UL873, and shall bear the UL and
cUL approval symbols.

N.A

Page 44 of 56

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
c)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

The valve actuator shall be designed and tested to NEMA 1 standards, according to NEMA 250.
For product likely to be exported to or used in Europe or a European territory or commonwealth.

d)
2)

The valve actuator shall bear the CE mark, and shall be designed and tested according to EU directives 89/336/EWG
and 72/23/EWG.
Distribution Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators.

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

a)

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override feature,
allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool.

N.A

b)

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

1)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of a
mechanical spring.

N.A

2)

Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).

N.A

c)
3)

Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).
Terminal Unit Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators.

N.A
N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

a)

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override feature,
allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

b)

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Page 45 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

1)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of a
mechanical spring.

N.A

2)

Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).

N.A

c)
4)

Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).
Zone Valve Actuators

N.A
N.A

a)

Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override feature,
allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool.

N.A

b)

Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options.

N.A

1)

Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of a
mechanical spring.

N.A

2)

Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place).

N.A

c)
D
1

Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).
Direct Coupled Damper Actuators
Actuators shall be designed for mounting directly to the damper shaft without the need for connecting linkages.

N.A

REMARKS
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque output shall have a self-centering damper shaft clamp that guarantees
concentric alignment of the actuator's output coupling with the damper shaft. The self-centering clamp shall have a pair of
opposed "V" shaped toothed cradles; each having two rows of teeth to maximize holding strength. A single clamping bolt shall
simultaneously drive both cradles into contact with the damper shaft.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

All actuators having more than a 100 lb-in torque output shall accept a 1" diameter shaft directly, without the need for
auxiliary adapters.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

Page 46 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

REMARKS

All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque output shall have an all metal housing made from die-cast aluminum.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

All actuators must provide overload protection throughout the full range of rotation, enabling the actuator to detect a blockage
in the damper and withstand a continuous stall condition without premature failure, or degradation in performance.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

All spring return actuators shall be capable of both clockwise or counterclockwise spring return fail-safe operation.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

All spring return actuators shall use a continuously engaged mechanical return spring that returns the actuator to a fail-safe
position within 15 seconds, under rated temperature and load, in response to a loss of power. Other fail-safe mechanisms
which are either engaged only in response to a loss of power, or which are non-mechanical are not acceptable.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

All actuators shall provide a means of manually positioning the output coupling in the absence of power.

N.A

9
10

Dual independently adjustable auxiliary switches must be integral to the actuator, thus maintaining a low total installed cost.
The addition of this feature as an accessory kit is not acceptable.
All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque shall provide a factory mounted electrical cable (3 feet) and conduit fitting,
thus maintaining a low total installed cost.

N.A
N.A

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

11

All actuators shall not require more than 10 VA.

N.A

12

Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 4-20mA control signal, and provide a 0-10 VDC feedback signal.

N.A

13

All actuators shall provide an easily readable high contrast yellow on black position indicator.

N.A

14

All actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 50,000 full stroke cycles at the actuators rated torque and temperatures,
and manufactured using IS09002 and IS014000 registered procedures, and shall be UL873 and CSA22.2 listed.

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

N.A

Not applicable for this


project

E
1

Accessories
Identification tags shall be available for all valves; tags shall be indelibly marked with Cv, model number and location.

Page 47 of 56

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
Part 6
6.1
A
1
2
3

4
B
1)
2)

3)
4)
5)
6)
7)

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

EXECUTION
Examination
Verification
Verify that all systems are ready to receive work.

Comply

The project plans shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations, and any discrepancies, conflicts,
or omissions shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started.
The contractor shall inspect the site to verify that equipment is installable as show, and any discrepancies, conflicts, or
omissions shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started.
The Control System Contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications for other parts of the work, and if head room or
space conditions appear inadequate or if any discrepancies occur between the plans and his work and the plans for the work
of others, he shall report such discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer and shall obtain written instructions for any changes
necessary to accommodate his work with the work of others.
General Installation Requirements
Install all control components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
If the controls contractor is responsible for providing the damper then provide mixing dampers of parallel blade construction
arranged to mix streams. Provide separate minimum outside air damper section adjacent to variable outside air damper.
Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration-free walls or freestanding angle iron supports. One
cabinet may accommodate more than one system in same equipment room. Provide nameplates for instruments and controls
inside cabinet and nameplates on cabinet face.
After completion of installation, test and adjust control equipment. Submit data showing setpoints and final adjustments of
controls.
Install equipment, piping, wiring/conduit parallel to building lines (i.e., horizontal, vertical, and parallel to walls) wherever
possible.
Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment.
Verify integrity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds.

Page 48 of 56

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
8)
C

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

All equipment, installation, and wiring shall comply with acceptable industry specifications and standards for performance,
reliability, and compatibility and be executed in strict adherence to local codes and standard practices.

Comply

Graphical User Interface PC Location

15

Install Graphical User Interface PC in the location indicated. Do not deliver the Graphical User Interface PC to the job site
until a proper location has been prepared. Location shall be clean and dry, free from construction dust and debris.

Comply

16

Location shall have a dedicated work surface (table or desk with chair). Work surface shall be provided by Owner or General
Contractor for use by this Contractor.

Comply

17

Location shall have ample storage provisions for documentation and manuals, either shelving or a four drawer upright filing
cabinet. Storage provisions shall be provided by Owner or General Contractor for use by this Contractor.

Comply

18
D
19
20
6.2
A
B
C
D
E
F

Location shall have a dedicated locked electrical circuit for use by this Contractor.
Ethernet Network Connection
All nevices that require a connection to the LAN or access to an ISP shall be approved by the owners Information
Technology representitive prior to installation.
All ethernet communication connections shall be provided by the owner or General Contractor.
Electrical System Installation
Comply with all Division 16 Installation Requirements.
Provide interlock wiring between supply and exhaust fans, electrical wiring for relays (including power feed) for temperature and
pressure indication.
Provide power wiring, conduit and connections for low temperature thermostats, high temperature thermostats, alarms, flow
switches, actuating devices for temperature, humidity, pressure and flow indication, point resets and user disconnect switches
for electric heating, appliances controlled by this Section.
Provide all other wiring required for the complete operation of the specified systems.
Where required install all wiring raceway systems complying with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. All required
conduit shall be installed in EMT.
Provide interlock wiring between supply and exhaust fans, electrical wiring for relays (including power feed) for temperature and
pressure indication.

Page 49 of 56

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
G
1

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Surge Protection and Lighting Protection


All equipment and all communication media shall be suitably protected from damage associated with electrical surge and
lightning strike. Submittal and approval is required for all such devices.

Comply

All input-output hardware and instrumentation located outdoors shall be isolated using approved surge suppression devices.

Comply

3
4

Comply
Comply

All telephone modem connections shall be isolated using approved surge suppression devices.
All building-to-building communication connections shall be isolated using approved surge suppression devices.
All temperature control panels and controllers shall be provided with a control power transformer with fuse protection on both
the primary and secondary sides.
Provide electrical disconnecting means for servicing, for each control panel, digital controller, router, transformer, power supply,
and other devices that are served by 120VAC or higher voltage.
Enclosures shall be fabricated of 14ga. steel with sub-panels for component mounting and have removable, hinged doors.
Enclosures shall be sized to house the controllers, power supplies, transformers, relays, wire duct and miscellaneous
equipment required to support the application. Enclosures shall be provided for all controllers that are not located within an
OEM provided mechanical equipment or on a VAV box.
Enclosure power supply shall provide at least one 40VA and one 100VA transformer with individual on/off switches and circuit
breakers and two 120VAC outlets. Enclosures and power supplies shall be UL listed Class II.
Network Communication Requirements

Wired network communication shall be via channels in compliance with manufactures recommendations for communications

Comply

In all communication conduits, provide one spare twisted pair to be installed, tagged and labeled at each end.

Comply

Communication conduits shall not be installed closer than six feet from high power transformers or run parallel within six feet
of electrical high power cables. Care shall be taken to route the cable as far from interference generating devices as possible.

Comply

5
H

4
L
1
2

There shall be no power wiring, in excess of 30 VAC rms, run in conduit with communications wiring.
Input/Output Control Wiring
Platinum 1k ohm and thermistor 10K type II wiring shall be two- wire or four-wire twisted, shielded, minimum number 22
gauge.
Other analog inputs shall be a minimum of number 22 gauge, twisted, shielded.

Page 50 of 56

Comply
Comply

Comply

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

3
4
5

Binary control function wiring shall be a minimum of number 18 gauge.


Analog output control functions shall be a minimum of number 18 gauge, twisted, shielded.
Binary input wiring shall be a minimum of number 18 gauge.
Splices in shielded cables shall consist of terminations and the use of
shielded cable couplers, which maintain the integrity of the shielding.
Terminations shall be in accessible locations. Cables shall be harnessed with cable ties as specified herein.
Conduit and Fittings
Conduit for Control Wiring, Control Cable and Transmission Cable: Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) with compression fittings,
cold rolled steel, zinc coated or zinc-coated rigid steel with threaded connections.
Outlet Boxes (Dry Location): Sheradized or galvanized drawn steel suited to each application, in general, four inches square
or octagon with suitable raised cover.
Outlet Boxes (Exposed to Weather): Threaded hub cast aluminum or iron boxes with gasket device plate.
Pull and Junction Boxes: Size according to number, size, and position of entering raceway as required by National Electrical
Codes. Enclosure type shall be suited to location.
Install low voltage power and field level network and LAN communication trunks in conduit in the following locations
regardless of local building code allowances otherwise.
Mechanical rooms.
Electrical rooms.
Vertical risers (exception: fire rated continuous closet like a telephone closet).
Open Areas where the wiring will be exposed to view or tampering.
Conceal conduit within finished shafts, ceilings and wall as required. Install exposed conduit parallel with or at right angles to
the building walls.
Where Class 2 wires are in concealed and accessible locations including ceiling return air plenums, approved cables not in
raceway may be used provided that:
Circuits meet NEC Class 2 (current-limited) requirements. (Low- voltage power circuits shall be sub-fused when required to
meet Class 2 current-limit.)

Comply
Comply
Comply

M
N
1
2
3
4
5
a)
b)
c)
d)
6
O
1
2

All cables shall be UL listed for application, i.e., cables used in ceiling plenums shall be UL listed specifically for that purpose.

Page 51 of 56

Comply

Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted

Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
P
Q

R
S
T
U
1
2
V
W
X
Y
6.3
A
B

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Do not install Class 2 wiring in conduit containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes


and panels containing high voltage may not be used for low voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the two (e.g.,
relays and transformers).
Where Class 2 wiring is run exposed, wiring to be run parallel along a
surface or perpendicular to it, and NEATLY tied at 3m (10 ft.) intervals.
All wire-to-device connections shall be made at a terminal blocks or
terminal strip. All wire-to-wire connections shall be at a terminal block, or with a crimped connector. All wiring within enclosures
shall be neatly bundled and anchored to permit access and prevent restriction to devices and terminals.
Plug or cap all unused conduit openings and stub-ups. Do not use caulking compound.
Route all conduit to clear beams, plates, footings and structure members. Do not route conduit through column footings or
grade beams.
Set conduits as follows:
Expanding silicone fire stop material sealed watertight where conduit is run between floors and through walls of fireproof
shaft.
Oakum and lead, sealed watertight penetration through outside foundation walls.
Cap open ends of conduits until conductors are installed.
Where conduit is attached to vibrating or rotating equipment, flexible metal conduit with a minimum length of 18 inches and
maximum length of 36 inches shall be installed and anchored in such a manner that vibration and equipment noise will not be
transmitted to the rigid conduit.
Where exposed to the elements or in damp or wet locations, waterproof flexible conduit shall be installed. Installation shall be
as specified for flexible metal conduit.
Provide floor, wall, and ceiling plates for all conduits passing through walls, floors or ceilings. Use prime coated cast iron, splitring type plates, except with polished chrome-plated finish in exposed finished spaces.
Temperature Sensors
Temperature sensor assemblies shall be readily accessible and adaptable to each type of application in such manner as to
allow for quick, easy replacement and servicing without special tools or skills.
Strap-on mountings shall not be permitted.

Page 52 of 56

Noted
Noted

Noted
Noted
Noted

Noted
Noted

Noted
Noted
Noted

Comply
Noted

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
C
D
E

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Outdoor installations shall be; of weatherproof construction or in appropriate NEMA enclosures. These installations shall be
protected from solar radiation and wind effects. Protective shield shall be stainless steel.
Sensors shall be with enclosure where located in finished space.
Sensors in ducts shall be mounted in locations to sense the correct temperature of the air only and shall not be located in dead
air spaces or positions obstructed by ducts, equipment, and so forth. Locations where installed shall be within the vibration and
velocity limit of the sensing element. Ducts shall be securely sealed where elements or connections penetrate ducts to avoid
measuring false conditions.

Comply
Comply
Comply

All sensors measuring temperatures in pipes larger than 2 inches in diameter or in pressure vessels shall be supplied with wells
properly fabricated for the service. Wells shall be noncorrosive to the medium being measured and shall have sufficient
physical strength to withstand pressures and velocities to which they are subjected. Wells shall be installed in the piping at
elbows where piping is smaller than the length of the well to effect proper flow across the entire area of the well.

Comply

All field sensors, transmitters, actuators, switches, etc. shall be field calibrated. The calibration shall be guaranteed for the
period of the control system warranty. Any corrections or re-calibration required during the warranty will be performed at no cost
to Owner. Calibration methods, means, instruments, and standards shall be in strict accordance with IS0-9000 standards.

Comply

6.4
A

Controls Valves, Control Dampers and Actuators


Control Valves.

Control valves shall be installed by the Div. 15 contractor.

N.A

Coordinate with the Div. 15 contractor and verify that each control valve can be serviced, including adjustment and removal
of the actuator.

N.A

All control valves shall have unions installed at each inlet and outlet to permit removal of the valve for servicing.

N.A

4
B
5

REMARKS

Valves shall be installed with stems vertical where possible. Where space conditions require valves to be mounted with stems
greater than 45 off vertical the actuator shall be externally supported. In no case will the control valve be mounted with the
stem greater than 90 off of vertical.
Control Dampers.
Control dampers shall be installed by Div. 15 contractor.

Page 53 of 56

N.A

Noted

Not applicable for this


project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project
Not applicable for this
project

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
6
7
8
6.5
H
6.6
A
B
C
6.7
A
B
C
D
E
F
6.8

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Coordinate with the Div. 15 contractor the service access requirements of the control dampers, and verify that each control
damper can be serviced, including adjustment and removal of the actuator.
Div. 15 Contractor shall provide necessary blank-off plates required for installation of reduced-size dampers (dampers that
are smaller than duct size).
Furnish interconnecting hardware, linkages, etc. for installation of multiple section dampers by Div. 15 Contractor.
Access Doors.
Div. 15 Contractor shall provide access doors or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control
equipment.
Instrument Enclosures and Control Panels
Securely mount all control panels and enclosures to wall or structure
using bolts, anchors, etc. Mount enclosures and control panels with top at 60 inches above finished floor, unless noted
otherwise. Field fabricate enclosure mounting rack from Unistrut or Kindorf, where required. Locate enclosures and control
panels to ensure full door swing.
Seal all conduit entrances into enclosures and control panels, water tight.
Locate enclosures indoors where possible. Provide drains and block heaters for all panels located outdoors.
Identification of Hardware and Wiring
All wiring and cabling, including that within factory-fabricated panels shall be labeled at each end within 2" of termination with a
cable identifier and other descriptive information.
Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served.
Identify control panels with minimum 1 inch letters on nameplates.
Identify all other control components with permanent labels. Identifiers shall match record documents.
Affix engraved tags plates on each motor starter controlled through the EMS. Minimum tag size shall be 1 in. X 3 in. Minimum
lettering size shall be 3/16 in. high. Tag shall be red with white lettering. Tags shall indicate the following:
C A U T I O N This equipment is operating under automatic control and may start at any time without warning
Identify room sensors relating to terminal box or valves with nameplates.
Cleaning

Noted
Noted
Noted

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Page 54 of 56

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
A
B
C
6.9
A

6.10
A
B
C
6.11
A
1
2

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

This contractor shall clean up all debris resulting from his or her activities daily. The contractor shall remove all cartons,
containers, crates, etc. under his control as soon as their contents have been removed. Waste shall be collected and placed in
a location designated by the Construction Manager or General Contractor.
At the completion of work in any area, the Contractor shall clean all of his/her work, equipment, etc., making it free from dirt and
debris, etc.
At the completion of work, all equipment furnished under this Section shall be checked for paint damage, and any factoryfinished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. Any metal cabinet or enclosure that has
been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas.
Protection
The Contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by his/her work or workers, and shall be liable for all damage
thus caused.
The Contractor shall be responsible for his/her work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted. The
Contractor shall protect his/her work against theft or damage, and shall carefully store material and equipment received on-site
that is not immediately installed.
The Contractor shall close all open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent
entry of foreign objects.
Field Quality Control
All work, materials and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of applicable local, state, and federal codes and
ordinances as identified in Part 1 of this Section.
Contractor shall continually monitor the field installation for code compliance and quality of workmanship. All visible piping
and/or wiring runs shall be installed parallel to building lines and properly supported.
Contractor shall arrange for field inspections by local and/or state authorities having jurisdiction over the work.
Performance Evaluation/Acceptance Procedure
General. - Acceptance of the control system depends in part upon successful demonstration of control system performance.
The SI shall prepare a detailed final functional test and verification plan indicating in a step-by-step logical fashion the
procedures by which the control system will be tested. This shall include the following procedures:
Sequence of Operation - Demonstrate all sequences of operation.
Test Documentation - Provide standard formatted documentation for each controlled system and element test.

Page 55 of 56

Noted
Noted
Noted

Noted

Noted

Noted
Noted
Noted

Comply
Comply
Comply

REMARKS

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA


& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CLAUSE
3

4
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
B

DESCRIPTION

COMPLIANCE

Pre-Testing - The control system installer shall have performed pre-testing of all tests on all components before final testing.
If during final testing more than 10 percent of the points or sequences checked are found to be faulty, the Contractor shall
halt the test and re-check all parts of the system test.
Testing Plan. Submit test plan for approval not less than 4 weeks prior to tests. Meet with Owners representative, discuss
the test plan, and make necessary revisions. The test plan shall include, as a minimum, for each control system and subsystem the following:
System name.
List of devices with brief description of functional purpose of each.
The expected signal values transmitted by the sensors/transmitters.
The expected signal values transmitted by the controller to the controlled device or actuator.
The expected values of the control medium from limit-to-limit.
A description of the instrumentation required to test the system, including proof of calibration.
A detailed step-by-step process in conducting test and verification.
Log sheets on which expected and actual values will be recorded.
Other criteria for test to indicate that the system is operating in accordance with Contract requirements.
Testing - Inform the Engineer and Owner of all test dates for attendance, so that the Engineer and/or Owner may attend the
test if desired. Perform all tests. Correct all system maladies found in the testing procedure. Retest as required. If Owners
representative does not witness test, provide performance certification.
Acceptance - The control systems will not be accepted as meeting the requirements of Completion until all tests described in
this specification have been performed to the satisfaction of both the Engineer and Owner. Any tests that cannot be performed
due to circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor may be exempt from the completion requirements if stated as such
in writing by the Owner's representative.

Page 56 of 56

Comply

Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply

Comply

REMARKS

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
S.NO

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

QTY PER
SCHOOL

TOTAL QTY FO
2 SCHOOL

MONITORED

CONTROLLED

HVAC

Package Unit

Nos

26

52

Exhaust Fan

Nos

23

46

Supply Fan

No

Variable Air Volume (VAV)

Nos

28

56

Split A/C Unit

Nos

12

Air Curtain

Nos

23

46

Plumbing

Electric Fire Pump (E+D+J)

Nos

Lift Pump

Nos

Booster Pump

Nos

10

20

Irrigation Water Pump

Nos

Domestic Water Pump

Nos

Domestic Water Tank

Nos

Fire Water Tank

No

Electrical

MV Panel

No

Elevator

No

Fire Alarm Panel

No

Public Address System

No

LPG System

No

Dimming Panel

No

Auto Gas Changer System

No

Miscellaneous
1

Fire Alarm Panel

Power Meter on MV Panel

Via BACnet/IP Protocol (1000 Points)


Via Modbus Protocol (250 Points)

Page 1

I/O POINT SUMMARY

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

DDCP-1 (Roof)
Package Unit (Typical)

PACU supply fan start/stop


command

PACU HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU on/off run Status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU trip alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU air Filter dirty/clean status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU Supply fan air flow proof


status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU return air temperature

PACU air temperature set-point


(adjustable)

PACU Compressor command

10

PACU compressor-1 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

11

PACU compressor-2 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

12

PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

13

PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

14

CO2 Sensor

15

Fresh air modulating damper


control

16

Fresh air modulating damper


position

Relay output from BMS

Duct temperature sensor


via BMS graphics screen
on BMS Workstation
10 Relay output from BMS

CO2 Sensor
5

Page 1 of 15

0-10V signal to modulating


damper actuatot
0-10V signal from
modulating damper
actuator

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.
17

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

AI

Fire alarm status

DI
5

Page 2 of 15

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS
VFC from Fire alarm
control panel

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

TOTAL POINTS
VAV By-pass Boxes
1

Room temperature with setpoint

Damper control

Damper position

AI

DI

AO

DO

15

50

15

REMARKS

6
6
VAV controller with
thermostat

6
6

TOTAL POINTS
Exhaust fan

13.12.2015

12

Fan enable/disable command

Fan HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Supply fan

12

Relay output from BMS

SF enable/disable command

SF HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

SF run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

SF trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

Page 3 of 15

Relay output from BMS

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Air curtains
1

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

Air curtain on/off status


TOTAL POINTS

Booster pumps

VFC from unit control


panel

3
0

Pump HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-1

27

74

11

20

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-1


WITH 10% SPARE

30

82

13

22

147

DDCP-2 (Roof)
Package Unit (Typical)

PACU supply fan start/stop


command

PACU HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU on/off run Status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU trip alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU air Filter dirty/clean status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU Supply fan air flow proof


status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU return air temperature

Page 4 of 15

Relay output from BMS

Duct temperature sensor

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

PACU air temperature set-point


(adjustable)

via BMS graphics screen


on BMS Workstation

PACU Compressor command

10

PACU compressor-1 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

11

PACU compressor-2 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

12

PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

13

PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

14

Fire alarm status

VFC from Fire alarm


control panel

10 Relay output from BMS

TOTAL POINTS
VAV By-pass Boxes
1

Room temperature with setpoint

Damper control

Damper position

15

6
6
VAV controller with
thermostat

6
6

TOTAL POINTS
Exhaust fan

50

12

Fan enable/disable command

Fan HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

Page 5 of 15

12

Relay output from BMS

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Air curtains
1

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

Air curtain on/off status


TOTAL POINTS

LPG System

VFC from unit control


panel

4
0

System panel healthy status

VFC from unit control


panel

System panel faulty

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-2

17

68

19

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-2


WITH 10% SPARE

19

75

21

122

DDCP-3 (Roof)
Package Unit (Typical)

PACU supply fan start/stop


command

PACU HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU on/off run Status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU trip alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU air Filter dirty/clean status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU Supply fan air flow proof


status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU return air temperature

PACU air temperature set-point


(adjustable)

Relay output from BMS

Duct temperature sensor


via BMS graphics screen
on BMS Workstation

Page 6 of 15

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

PACU Compressor command

10 Relay output from BMS

10

PACU compressor-1 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

11

PACU compressor-2 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

12

PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

13

PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

14

Fire alarm status

VFC from Fire alarm


control panel

TOTAL POINTS
VAV By-pass Boxes
1

Room temperature with setpoint

Damper control

Damper position

15

6
6
VAV controller with
thermostat

6
6

TOTAL POINTS
Exhaust fan

50

12

Fan enable/disable command

Fan HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Booster pumps

0
3

Page 7 of 15

15

Relay output from BMS

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


QTY

SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Pump HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Air curtains
1

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015

DO

REMARKS

Air curtain on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-3

17

78

20

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-3


WITH 10% SPARE

19

86

22

134

DDCP-4 (Roof)
Package Unit (Typical)

PACU supply fan start/stop


command

PACU HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU on/off run Status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU trip alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU air Filter dirty/clean status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU Supply fan air flow proof


status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU return air temperature

PACU air temperature set-point


(adjustable)

Relay output from BMS

Duct temperature sensor


via BMS graphics screen
on BMS Workstation

Page 8 of 15

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

PACU Compressor command

10 Relay output from BMS

10

PACU compressor-1 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

11

PACU compressor-2 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

12

PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

13

PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

14

Fire alarm status

VFC from Fire alarm


control panel

TOTAL POINTS
VAV By-pass Boxes
1

Room temperature with setpoint

Damper control

Damper position

15

5
5
VAV controller with
thermostat

5
5

TOTAL POINTS
Exhaust fan

50

10

Fan enable/disable command

Fan HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Outdoor Temperature and Humidity

0
1

Page 9 of 15

15

Relay output from BMS

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.
1

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

DI

Outdoor Temp/Humidity

Air curtains

AO

DO

REMARKS
Outdoor Temp/Humidity
sensor

TOTAL POINTS

AI

13.12.2015

Air curtain on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-4

15

71

20

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-4


WITH 10% SPARE

17

79

22

124

DDCP-6 (Roof)
Package Unit (Typical)

PACU supply fan start/stop


command

PACU HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU on/off run Status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU trip alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

PACU air Filter dirty/clean status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU Supply fan air flow proof


status

Air differential pressure


switch

PACU return air temperature

PACU air temperature set-point


(adjustable)

PACU Compressor command

10

PACU compressor-1 on/off status

Relay output from BMS

Duct temperature sensor


via BMS graphics screen
on BMS Workstation
12 Relay output from BMS
6

Page 10 of 15

VFC from unit control


panel

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


QTY

SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

11

PACU compressor-2 on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

12

PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

13

PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm


status

VFC from unit control


panel

14

Fire alarm status

VFC from Fire alarm


control panel

TOTAL POINTS
VAV By-pass Boxes
1

Room temperature with setpoint

Damper control

Damper position

DI

60

AO

DO

REMARKS

18

5
5
VAV controller with
thermostat

5
5

TOTAL POINTS
Exhaust fan

AI

13.12.2015

10

Fan enable/disable command

Fan HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Fan trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Air curtains
1

15

Relay output from BMS

Air curtain on/off status


TOTAL POINTS

VFC from unit control


panel

4
0

Page 11 of 15

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

13.12.2015

AI

DI

AO

DO

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-5

16

79

23

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-5


WITH 10% SPARE

18

87

26

REMARKS

137

DDCP-5 (BMS Room G-23B)


Split A/C units

Split A/C unit on/off status

Split A/C unit enable/disable


command

Room space air temperature

6
6

TOTAL POINTS
Domestic Water Pump

VFC from unit control


panel

Relay output from BMS


Room temperature sensor

Pump HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Domestic Water Tank
1

Pump start/stop command

Pump HOA selector switch status

TOTAL POINTS

Tank high/low level alarm

Irrigation Water Pump

Liquid level switch


0

2
2
2

Page 12 of 15

Relay output from BMS


VFC from unit control
panel

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

Pump run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Fire pump set (Electric, Diesel, Jockey)

Pumps run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pumps trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

System Pressure

TOTAL POINTS
Fire Water Tank
1

Liquid pressure sensor


6

Tank high/low level alarm

TOTAL POINTS
Lift Pump

Liquid level switch


0

Pump start/stop command

Pump HOA selector switch status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump run on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

Pump trip/alarm status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Water Tank-Ground Floors
1

Relay output from BMS

Water tank High/Low level

Page 13 of 15

Level switch

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

QTY

TOTAL POINTS
Air curtains
1

13.12.2015

AI

DI

AO

DO

REMARKS

Air curtain on/off status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-6

48

10

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-6


WITH 10% SPARE

53

11

72

DDCP-7
Elevator

Lift panel healthy status

VFC from unit control


panel

Lift panel faulty

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Fire alarm system

System panel healthy status

VFC from unit control


panel

System panel faulty

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Public address system

System panel faulty

VFC from unit control


panel

System Healthy status

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

Page 14 of 15

12

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4

IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)


SI. No.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Auto Gas Changer system

QTY

AI

DI

AO

13.12.2015
DO

REMARKS

System panel healthy status

VFC from unit control


panel

System panel faulty

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
MV panel

Breaker status

VFC from unit control


panel

general alarm

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS
Dimming Panel

System panel healthy status

VFC from unit control


panel

System panel faulty

VFC from unit control


panel

TOTAL POINTS

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-7

12

TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-7


WITH 10% SPARE

14

Page 15 of 15

14

LIST OF DELIVERABLES

PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &


VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
LIST OF DELIVERABLE ITEMS
DESCRIPTION

S.NO

UNIT

Qty. Per
school

Total Qty. For


2 School

Controllers & Softwares


1

BMS Software

No

BMS Controllers and Expansion Modules

Lot

Lot

Lot

VAV Controller

Nos

28

56

VAV Thermostat

Nos

28

56

VAV Transformer

Nos

28

56

Touchscreen

Nos

Field Devices
1

Duct temperature sensor

Nos

26

52

Room temperature sensor

Nos

12

Outside temperature/humidity sensor

No

Air Differential Pressure Switch

Nos

52

104

Liquid Pressure Sensor

No

Liquid Level Switch

Nos

14

CO2 Sensor

Nos

10

Modulating Damper Actuator - 10NM

Nos

10

Miscellaneous
1

Operator Workstation

No

Alarm Printer

No

Report Printer

No

DDC Enclosure

Set

14

Page 1

CONTROL SCHEMATICS

PACKAGE UNIT (TYPICAL)

RETURN AIR

SUPPLY FAN

STAGE-1

CONDITIONED
SPACE AREA

COMPRESSOR
PANEL
STAGE-2

PRE FILTER
DAMPER

FRESH AIR

SUPPLY AIR

LEGEND
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
SWITCH (AIR)
DUCT TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY
SENSOR SENSOR

DUCT TEMPERATURE

VALVE & ACTUATOR


QS
SD

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

NM

SMOKE DETECTOR

FIRE ALARM STATUS

AI

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN

AIR QUALITY SENSOR

DAMPER ACTUATOR

CO2 SENSOR

PACU RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE

PACU SUPPLY FAN AIR FLOW PROOF STATUS

PACU COMPRESSOR-2 TRIP/ALARM STATUS

PACU COMPRESSOR-1 TRIP/ALARM STATUS

PACU COMPRESSOR-2 ON/OFF STATUS

PACU COMPRESSOR-1 ON/OFF STATUS

PACU TRIP ALARM STATUS

PACU ON/OFF RUN STATUS

PACU H/O/A SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS

PACU SUPPLY FAN START/STOP COMMAND

PACU AIR FILTER DIRTY/CLEAN STATUS

PACU COMPRESSOR COMMAND

FRESH AIR DAMPER MODULATING CONTROL

FRESH AIR DAMPER MODULATING POSITION

COOLING COIL

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01 01
OF

VAV BYPASS BOXES

CF
230V AC

24V AC

24V AC

40VA
TRF

0V

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

SPLIT A/C UNITS

SUPPLY AIR

ROOM SPACE AIR TEMPERATURE

SPLIT A/C UNIT ENABLE/DISABLE COMMAND

SPLIT A/C UNIT ON/OFF STATUS

SPLIT A/C CONTROL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

FAN TRIP/ALARM STATUS

FAN ENABLE/DISABLE COMMAND

FAN HOA SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS

FAN RUN ON/OFF STATUS

EXHAUST FAN

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

FAN TRIP/ALARM STATUS

FAN ENABLE/DISABLE COMMAND

FAN HOA SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS

FAN RUN ON/OFF STATUS

SUPPLY FAN

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

BOOSTER PUMP

DUTY

STANDBY

PUMP HOA SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS

PUMP RUN ON/OFF STATUS


PUMP TRIP/ALARM STATUS

BOOSTER PUMP CONTROL PANEL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

DOMESTIC WATER PUMP

DUTY

STANDBY

PUMP HOA SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS

HIGH/LOW LEVEL ALARM

PUMP RUN ON/OFF STATUS


PUMP TRIP/ALARM STATUS

DOMESTIC WATER PUMP


CONTROL PANEL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

IRRIGATION WATER PUMP

DUTY

STANDBY

PUMP HOA SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS

PUMP RUN ON/OFF STATUS


PUMP TRIP/ALARM STATUS

IRRIGATION WATER PUMP


CONTROL PANEL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

FIRE PUMP SET (Electrical+Diesel+Jockey)


ELECTRICAL PUMP

DIESEL PUMP

JOCKEY PUMP

PUMPS TRIP/ALARM STATUS

PUMP RUN ON/OFF STATUS

SYSTEM PRESSURE

HIGH/LOW LEVEL ALARM

IRRIGATION WATER PUMP


CONTROL PANEL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

LIFT PUMP

DUTY

STANDBY

PUMP H-O-A SELECTOR SWITCH STATUS


PUMP RUN ON/OFF STATUS
PUMP TRIP/ALARM STATUS

PUMP STAT/STOP COMMAND

LIFT PUMP CONTROL PANEL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

WATER TANK GROUND FLOOR

WATER TANK HIGH/LOW LEVEL

LEGEND

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

LPG SYSTEM

FIRE ALARM PANEL

SYSTEM PANEL FAULTY

AIR CURTAINS

SYSTEM PANEL HEALTHY STATUS

FIRE ALARM PANEL

SYSTEM PANEL HEALTHY STATUS


SYSTEM PANEL FAULTY

LPG SYSTEM

AIR CURTAINS ON/OFF STATUS

AIR CURTAINS

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

AUTO GAS CHANGER


SYSTEM

LIFT PANEL HEALTHY STATUS


LIFT PANEL FAULTY

SYSTEM PANEL FAULTY

ELEVATOR

AUTO GAS CHANGER SYSTEM

SYSTEM PANEL HEALTHY STATUS

PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

SYSTEM PANEL FAULTY

ELEVATOR

SYSTEM PANEL HEALTHY STATUS

PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

DIMMING PANEL

SYSTEM PANEL HEALTHY STATUS


SYSTEM PANEL FAULTY

MV PANEL

GENERAL ALARM

DIMMING PANEL

BREAKER STATUS

MV PANEL

AI

AI

AO

AO

DI

DI

DO

DO

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

SUBMITTAL NO : -

01OF 01

RISER DIAGRAM

LEGENDS

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM

2CORE 16AWG UNSHIELDED


CABLE

ROOF

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SOFTWARE


INTEGRATION

POWER METER INTEGRATOR (MODBUS)

VAV-28

VAV-27

VAV-26

VAV-21

VAV-22

VAV-23

VAV-24

VAV-25

VAV-20

VAV-19

VAV-18

VAV-17

VAV-16

VAV-11

VAV-12

VAV-13

VAV-14

VAV-15

VAV-10

VAV-9

VAV-8

VAV-7

VAV-6

VAV-1

VAV-2

VAV-3

VAV-4

VAV-5

D
PACKAGE UNIT - 05Nos
EXHAUST FAN - 04Nos
SUPPLY FAN - 01No
AIR CURTAINS - 03Nos
BOOSTER PUMP - 02Nos

BMS
NODE

DDCP-01

PACKAGE UNIT - 05Nos


EXHAUST FAN - 05Nos
BOOSTER PUMP - 03Nos
AIR CURTAINS - 04Nos

PACKAGE UNIT - 05Nos


EXHAUST FAN - 04Nos
AIR CURTAINS - 04Nos
LPG SYSTEM - 01No

DDCP-02

DDCP-03

PACKAGE UNIT - 06Nos


EXHAUST FAN - 05Nos
AIR CURTAINS - 04Nos

PACKAGE UNIT - 05Nos


EXHAUST FAN - 05Nos
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY - 01No
AIR CURTAINS - 04Nos

DDCP-04

DDCP-05

DDCP-06

SPLIT A/C UNIT - 06Nos


DOMESTIC WATER PUMP - 02Nos
DOMESTIC WATER TANK - 03Nos
IRRIGATION WATER - 02Nos
FIRE PUMP SET - 01Set
FIRE WATER TANK - 01No
LIFT PUMP - 02Nos
WATER TANK GROUND FLOOR - 03Nos
AIR CURTAINS - 04Nos

ELEVATOR - 01No
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - 01No
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - 01No
AUTO GAS CHANGER SYSTEM - 01No
MV PANEL - 01No

DDCP-07

GROUND FLOOR

RISER DIAGRAM

COVER SHEET

IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15

31-12-2015
MAM
CNN
NM

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

01 OF 01

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS

PACKAGE#4

PANEL REF:

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


PROJECT:

CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS


AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
CONTRACTOR:

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L


SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS

COVER SHEET
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

01 OF 13

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS

INDEX SHEET
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

02 OF 13

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET

NOTE:
ALL SHIELDED AND UNSHIELDED
CABLES SHOULD BE MINIMUM 20AWG
TO 18AWG.

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

03 OF 13

+ + ++ +

24 V DC Power Supply

- + -

TR-1

Terminal Block

24 V AC Transformer

Fused Terminal Block

Utility Socket

QM
6A

TB X1

Terminal Block X1

6 A Circuit Breaker

24 V AC

Earth

0 V AC

Fuse

P
N

or
or

240 V AC Phase

Neutral

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS

18 AWG Twisted pair shielded cable

Earth

LEGENDS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

04 OF 13

INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING CO. W.L.L

800

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS

800

250

PANEL FACIA

SIDE VIEW

FRONT VIEW & SIDE VIEW


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

05 OF 13

TR1
CQ CF1
ABB

ABB

2 22 22 2 22 23 3 33 33 3 33 34
1 23 45 6 78 90 1 23 45 6 78 90

800

Honeywell

11 11 1 11 11 1 2
9 01 23 4 56 78 9 0

1 2 345 6 7 8

2 22 22 2 22 23 3 33 33 3 33 34
1 23 45 6 78 90 1 23 45 6 78 90

Honeywell

1 23 45 6 7 8

11 11 11 1 11 12
9 01 23 45 6 78 90

2 22 22 2 22 23 3 33 33 3 33 34
1 23 45 6 78 90 1 23 45 6 78 90

Honeywell

1 2 345 6 7 8

11 11 1 11 11 1 2
9 01 23 4 56 78 9 0

800

INTERNAL LAYOUT

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

06 OF 13

BACNET MS/TPFROM
PREVIOUS BACNET MS/TP+
DDCP

BACnet
POWER
SUPPLY

24VAC

COM

GND

SHILD

SUBS-1 SUBS-2 NET-1

10

11

12

13

NET-2

DO 1

DO 2

COM

DO 3

DO 4

14

COM

15

16

DO 5

DO 6

17

COM

18

19

DO 7

DO 8

20

COM

21

AO 1

22

COM

23

24

A0 2

AO 3

25

COM

BACNET MS/TP24VAC

TO PAGE NO 9
BACNET MS/TP+

CF1

24VAC
TO-PAGE-NO-9
0V

0V
US

240/24VAC
100VA
TR1
N
P1

P1

QM
6A
P

X1
TB

P
N
E
240VAC
SP,50HZ

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

07 OF 13

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

20

19

40

UI 6

39

COM

18

38

UI 5

17

14

SPARE

37

UI 4

16

36

COM

15

35

UI 3

13

10

34

UI 2

12

33

COM

11

32

31

20 VDC UI 1

30

DI 4

29

DI 3

X2

28

COM

27

DI 2

26

DI 1

SPARE

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

08 OF 13

BACNET MS/TPFROM
PAGE
NO 7

BACNET MS/TP+
BACnet
POWER
SUPPLY
1

10

11

12

13

24VAC

COM

GND

SHILD

NET-1

NET-2

DO 1

DO 2

COM

DO 3

DO 4

14

COM

15

16

DO 5

DO 6

17

COM

18

19

DO 7

DO 8

20

COM

21

AO 1

22

COM

23

24

A0 2

AO 3

25

COM

BACNET MS/TPTO PAGE NO 11


BACNET MS/TP+
24VAC

24VAC

FROM-PAGE-NO-7

TO-PAGE-NO-11

0V

0V

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

09 OF 13

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

40

39

40

UI 6

39

COM

38

38

UI 5

37

37

UI 4

36

34

33

36

COM

35

35

UI 3

32

29
SPARE

34

UI 2

31

33

COM

32

30

31

20 VDC UI 1

28

27

30

DI 4

29

DI 3

26

23

22

21
SPARE

28

COM

25

27

DI 2

24

26

DI 1

SPARE

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

10 OF 13

BACNET MS/TPFROM
PAGE
NO 9

BACNET MS/TP+
BACnet
POWER
SUPPLY
1

10

11

12

13

24VAC

COM

GND

SHILD

NET-1

NET-2

DO 1

DO 2

COM

DO 3

DO 4

14

COM

15

16

DO 5

DO 6

17

COM

18

19

DO 7

DO 8

20

21

COM

22

AO 1

COM

23

24

A0 2

AO 3

25

COM

BACNET MS/TPTO PAGE NO 07


BACNET MS/TP+
24VAC
FROM-PAGE-NO-9

SPARE

44

43

42

41

0V

SPARE

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

11 OF 13

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

64

63

40

UI 6

62

39

COM

61

38

UI 5

60

37

UI 4

59

36

COM

57

54

SPARE

35

UI 3

58

34

UI 2

56

33

COM

55

32

UI 1

53

52

31

20 VDC

51

30

DI 4

29

DI 3

50

47

46

45

SPARE

28

COM

49

27

DI 2

48

26

DI 1

SPARE

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

12 OF 13

ENCLOSURE

SHEET STEEL IP-54 (800Hx800Wx250D)

QM

6A SP MCB 6kA

ABB

SH201 - C 6

CF1

32A FUSE CARRIER WITH 6A FUSE

SANDLER

RT18A-32

TR1

CURRENT TRANSFORMER 240/24V AC 100VA

PUB6438S-1....... 03

CONTROLLER

HONEYWELL

PUB6438S

US

UNIVERSAL UTILITY SOCKET 230V AC

TERMINALS

64

M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING


& CONTRACTING W.L.L

SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS


CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4

IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING


CO. W.L.L

SHEET
E-mail

: integra@integraqatar.com

WORK ORDER NO :

13 OF 13

PRODUCT DATA SHEETS/ COUNTRY


OF ORIGIN CERTIFICATES

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


ASGHAL SCHOOLS (2NOS)
CATALOGUE INDEX

Sl.No.

Model No

Description

Separator

CLAXARENA

BMS SOFTWARE

PUB6438S

UNITARY CONTROLLER

PVB0000AS

VAV CONTROLLER

TR42

WALL MODULE THERMOSTAT FOR VAV

LF20

DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

CLMMI00N31

TOUCHSCREEN

H7635C2015

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR

T7412A1000

ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DPS400

AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH

10

P7620A1012

LIQUID PRESSURE SENSOR

10

11

AX-LS-FL-2LH

LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH

11

12

AQS-71-KAM

CO2 SENSOR

12

13

N10010-SW2

MODULATING DAMPER ACTUATOR 10NM

13

14

OPERATOR WORKSTATION AND PRINTERS

14

15

DDC ENCLOSURE

15

BMS SOFTWARE

CLAXARENA, CLAXARENASBS01
CLAXARENASBS05, CLAXARENASBS10

ARENAAX - BACnet Supervisor

Product Data

OVERVIEW
AX

ARENA is a BACnet certified web-based supervisor utilizing


AX

the Niagara Framework for small to big size systems.


It is used to supervise HVAC systems and non-HVAC
systems (e.g. lighting, security, life safety) in a building or
across multiple buildings. The primary use is in applications
where multiple HAWK and/or EAGLE controllers are
networked together and systems based on TCP/IP
communication standards like BACnet / IP, oBIX, OPC
(client), Modbus TCP, EIB-KNX/IP, and SNMP can be directly
AX
integrated by ARENA .
AX

ARENA serves real time graphical information to standard


web-browser clients and also provides server-level functions
such as: centralized data logging, archiving, alarming, real
time graphical displays, master scheduling, system-wide
database management, and integration with enterprise
software applications.
In addition, it provides a comprehensive, graphical
engineering toolset for application development.
AX

ARENA helps to maximize operating and services


opportunities and to minimize associated costs.

ENGINEERING
The graphical engineering tool (COACHAX) is embedded in
AX
the ARENA system.

FEATURES

WEB ACCESS: Access to alarms, logs, graphics,


schedules, and configuration data with a standard web
browser and mobile devices
GRAPHICS: Java-enabled user interface (UI) as well as
non-Java UI for browsers
ALARMING: Sophisticated alarm processing and routing,
including e-mail/sms alarm acknowledging

Copyright 2012 Honeywell GmbH All Rights Reserved

INTEGRATION: Optional direct ethernet-based driver


support for BACnet I/P, OPC (client), Modbus TCP, EIB/IP
and SNMP; additional points for each driver may be
purchased in blocks of 500 for each protocol
USERS: Supports an unlimited number of users over the
Internet / Intranet with a standard web browser,
depending on the host PC resources
ARCHIVING: Optional enterprise-level data archival using
SQL, MySQL, CSV, Oracle or DB2 database, and
HTTP/HTML/XML text formats.
AUDIT: Audit Trail of database changes, database
storage and backup, global time functions, calendar,
central
SECURITY: Password protection and security using
standard Java (on Windows platforms only) authentication
and encryption techniques with optional security
supported via an external LDAP connection
CONTROLLER: Supports multiple HAWK stations and
EAGLE controllers connected to a local Ethernet network,
or the Internet
HELP: HTML-based help system that includes
comprehensive on-line system documentation
VERSIONS: Different Small Building System version are
available for up to five and up to ten HAWKs and /or
EAGLE controller
BACNET: BACnet OWS and AWS certified version
available

PLATFORM REQUIREMENTS
Intel Pentium IV, 2 GHz or higher, Core 2
Duo also acceptable
Operating
Windows XP Professional (SP3) (32-bit)
System:
Windows Server 2012 Standard/Enterprise
(SP2) (64-bit) (R2 as well)
Windows 7 Professional/Enterprise/Ultimate
(32-bit and 64 bit)
Windows 8 Professional/Enterprise/Ultimate
(32-bit and 64 bit)
Windows 8.1 Professional/Enterprise/Ultimate
(64-bit)
VMware - ESXi 5.1.0
Microsoft Virtual Server 2008
Memory:
1 GB minimum, 2 GB recommended for large
systems, 8GB or more recommended for Win
64 bit version
Hard Drive: 1 GB minimum, 5 GB for applications that
need more archiving capacity
Display:
Video card and monitor capable of displaying
1024 x 768 pixel resolution or greater
Network
Ethernet adapter (10/100 Mb with RJ-45
Support:
connector)
Connectivity: Full time high speed ISP connection
recommended for remote site access (i.e. T1,
ADSL, cable modem)
Processor:

AX

ARENA

PRODUCT DATA
AX

WHAT TO ORDER
AX

ARENA order numbers:


AX
CLAXARENA
ARENA
CLAXARENAAPC
Alarm Portal
CLAXARENASBS01 Single Station version with a limit of 1
HAWK (supports only 500 points for
add on drivers, not BACnet certified)
CLAXARENASBS05 BACnet OWS certified Small Building
System version with a limit of
5 HAWKs and 5 EAGLE
CLAXARENASBS10 Small Building System version with a
limit of 10 HAWKs and 10 EAGLE
(not BACnet certified, BACnet
certification can be achieved by
adding CLAXDRBACOWS)
AX
Optional ARENA database drivers for external database
applications:
CLAXDBSQL
MS-SQL Database driver
CLAXDBMYSQL

MYSQL Database driver

CLAXDBCSV

CSV Server driver

CLAXDBDB2

DB2 Database driver

CLAXDBORCL

Oracle Database driver

ARENA

AX

upgrades:

CLAXARENARUP
upgrade to latest Niagara version
CLAXARENASBSU5 upgrade SBS05 to SBS10
CLAXARENASBSUP upgrade SBS10 to Full ARENAAX

Optional ARENA open system drivers:


CLAXDRBACOWS BACnet Operator Workstation includes 500
points for ARENA AX
CLAXDRBACAWS Additional BACnet AWS feature
CLAXDRBACEXP Additional BACnet Server Export feature
CLAXDRBAC500 Additional 500 BACnet points
CLAXDREIB
EIB-IP driver with 500 points
CLAXDREIB500
driver with additional 500 EIP-IP driver points
CLAXDRLONIP
LONIP driver with 500 points
CLAXDRLONIP500 driver with additional 500 LONIP points
CLAXDRMTCP
Modbus driver TCP with 500 points
CLAXDRMTCP500 driver with additional 500 ModbusTCP points
CLAXDROBX
oBIX driver with 500 points
CLAXDROBX500 driver with additional 500 oBIX points
CLAXDROPC
OPC driver with 500 points
CLAXDROPC500 driver with additional 500 OPC points
CLAXDRSNMP
SNMP driver with 500 SNMP points
CLAXDRSNMP500 driver with additional 500 SNMP points
CLAXARENAAXI
Axis Cameras video driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENAAXI4 Additional 4 Cameras Axis video driver
CLAXARENADED Ded. Micros NetVu DVR driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENADED4 Add 4 Cameras Ded. Micros NetVu DVR
video driver
CLAXARENAHRE Honeywel RapidEye NVM video driver 16
Cameras
CLAXARENAHRE4 Additional 4 Cameras Honeywel RapidEye
NVM video driver
CLAXARENAMIL Milestone NVM video driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENAMIL4 Add 4 Cameras Milestone NVM video driver

ARCHITECTURE

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pice 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

CentraLine
Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Strae 17
D-71101 Schnaich
Tel +49 7031 637 845
Fax +49 7031 637 846
info@centraline.com
www.centraline.com

CentraLine
Honeywell Control Systems Ltd.
Arlington Business Park
UK-Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 1EB
Tel +44 13 44 656 565
Fax +44 13 44 656 563
info-uk@centraline.com
www.centraline.com

Printed in Germany.
Subject to change
without notice.
EN0Z-0945GE51 R0314

UNITARY CONTROLLER

Spyder BACnet
Programmable Controllers
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The PUB and PVB controllers are part of the Spyder family.
These controllers are BACnet MS/TP network devices
designed to control HVAC equipment. These controllers
provide many options and advanced system features that
allow state-of-the-art commercial building control. Each
controller is programmable and configurable through software.
These controllers are for use in VAV (Variable Air Volume),
Unitary, and advanced HVAC applications. Each controller has
flexible, universal inputs for external sensors, digital inputs,
and a combination of analog and digital Triac outputs. All the
models are described in Table 1. The photo to the left is the
model PVB6436AS, which includes the actuator.
Table 1. Controller configurations.
Programmable
Type

Universal
Inputs
(UI)

Digital
Inputs
(DI)

Analog
Outputs
(AO)

Digital
Outputs
(DO)

Velocity
Pressure
Sensor
(Microbridge)

Series 60
Floating
Actuator

PUB1012S

Unitary

1a

NO

NO

PUB4024S

Unitary

4a

NO

NO

PUB6438S

Unitary

NO

NO

PVB000AS

VAV

YES

YES

PVB4022AS

VAV

4a

YES

YES

PVB4024NS

VAV

4a

YES

NO

Controller
Model

PVB6436AS

VAV

YES

YES

PVB6438NS

VAV

YES

NO

Each controller communicates via an EIA-485 BACnet MS/TP network communications network, capable of baud rates between
9.6 and 115.2 kilobits.
Controllers are field-mountable to either a panel or a DIN rail.
Controller and Actuator Load: 9 VA maximum; models
PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS, and PVL6436AS.
External Sensors Power Output: 20 Vdc 10% @ 75 mA
maximum.
VAV Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating
(models PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS,
General Specifications
PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).:
Rated Voltage: 2030 Vac; 50/60 Hz
Minimum 32 F (0 C); Maximum 122 F (50 C)
Power Consumption:
Unitary Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating
100 VA for controller and all connected loads (including the
(models PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S.):
actuator on models models PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS,
Minimum -40 F (-40 C); Maximum 150 F (65.5 C)
and PVL6436AS).
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
Controller Only Load: 5 VA maximum; models PUB1012S,
LED: Provides status for normal operation, controller downPUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.
load process, alarms, manual mode, and error conditions

SPECIFICATIONS

62-0310-05

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

BEFORE INSTALLATION

NOTES:
1.

The controller is available in three models (see Table 1).


Review the power, input, and output specifications on page 1
before installing the controller.
Hardware driven by Triac outputs must have a minimum
current draw, when energized, of 25 mA and a maximum
current draw of 500 mA.
Hardware driven by the analog current outputs must have a
maximum resistance of 550 Ohms, resulting in a maximum
voltage of 11 volts when driven at 20 mA.
If resistance exceeds 550 Ohms, voltages up to 18 Vdc are
possible at the analog output terminal.

2.

The actuator is shipped with the mechanical endlimit set screws set to 95 degrees of rotation.
Adjust the two set screws closer together to
reduce the rotation travel. Each hash mark indicator on the bracket represents approximately
6.5 of rotation per side.
The Declutch button, when pressed, allows you to
rotate the universal shaft adapter (see Fig. 1).

IMPORTANT
Determine the damper rotation and opening angle
prior to installation. See Fig. 2 below and Fig. 3 on
page 3 for examples.
UNIVERSAL SHAFT
CLAMPING BOLTS (2)

WARNING

UNIVERSAL
SHAFT ADAPTER

Electrical Shock Hazard.


Can cause severe injury, death or property
damage.
Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or
making wiring connections to prevent electrical shock
or equipment damage.

MECHANICAL
END LIMIT SET
SCREWS (2)

INSTALLATION
DECLUTCH
BUTTON

The controller must be mounted in a position that allows


clearance for wiring, servicing, removal, connection of the
BACnet MS/TP Molex connector and access to the MS/TP
MAC address DIP switches.
The controller may be mounted in any orientation.

M23568

IMPORTANT
Avoid mounting in areas where acid fumes or other
deteriorating vapors can attack the metal parts of the
controller, or in areas where escaping gas or other
explosive vapors are present. Fig. 6Fig. 7 on
page 4 for mounting dimensions.

Fig. 1. Series 60 Floating Actuator.


DAMPER

For the PVB6436AS model, the actuator is mounted first and


then the controller is mounted. For the other models, go to
When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW either 45
or 60 degrees to fully close. on page 3 to begin the
installation.

Mount Actuator onto Damper Shaft


(PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS)
DAMPER SHAFT
ROTATES
CLOCKWISE
TO OPEN

PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers


include the direct-coupled actuator with Declutch mechanism,
which is shipped hard-wired to the controller.

Fig. 2. Damper with 90 degree CW rotation to open.

The actuator mounts directly onto the VAV box damper shaft
and has up to 44 lb-in. (5 Nm) torque, 90-degree stroke, and
90 second timing at 60 Hz. The actuator is suitable for
mounting onto a 3/8 to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm) square or round
VAV box damper shaft. The minimum VAV box damper shaft
length is 1-9/16 in. (40 mm).

IMPORTANT
Mount actuator flush with damper housing or add a
spacer between the actuator mounting surface and
damper box housing.

The two mechanical end-limit set screws control the amount


of rotation from 12 to 95. These set screws must be securely
fastened in place. To ensure tight closing of the damper, the
shaft adapter has a total rotation stroke of 95 (see Fig. 1).

62-031005

M23569

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

Before Mounting Actuator onto Damper


Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS.)

2.

Tools required:
Phillips #2 screwdriver - end-limit set screw adjustment
8 mm wrench - centering clamp
Before mounting the actuator onto the VAV box damper shaft,
determine the following:
1. Determine the damper shaft diameter. It must be
between 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm).
2. Determine the length of the damper shaft. If the length
of the VAV box damper shaft is less than 1-9/16 in.
(40 mm), the actuator cannot be used.
3. Determine the direction the damper shaft rotates to open
the damper (CW or CCW) (see Fig. 3). Typically, there is
an etched line on the end of the damper shaft that indicates the position of the damper. In Fig. 2, the indicator
shows the damper open in a CW direction.
4. Determine the damper full opening angle (45, 60, or 90
degrees). In Fig. 2, the damper is open to its full open
position of 90 degrees.

3.

TYPE A DAMPER
AIR
FLOW

CW TO OPEN, CCW TO CLOSE

TYPE B DAMPER

4.

AIR
FLOW

M2067B

CCW TO OPEN, CW TO CLOSE

Fig. 3. Determining the rotation direction (CW or CCW)


for damper opening.

Mounting Actuator Onto Damper Shaft


(PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS.)
The unit is shipped with the actuator set to rotate open in the
clockwise (CW) direction to a full 95 degrees. The extra 5
degrees ensures a full opening range for a 90 degree damper.
The installation procedure varies depending on the damper
opening direction and angle:
1. If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the
angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise).
b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully clockwise.
c. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.

d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp


(8 mm wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque).
When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW
90 degrees to fully close.
If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the
angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise).
b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two
mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the
desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set
screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws
(Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.531 lb-in. [3.03.5
Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.
f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque).
g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.
If the damper rotates counterclockwise (CCW) to open,
and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counterclockwise).
b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully counterclockwise.
c. Mount the actuator to the damper box and shaft.
d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp (8 mm
wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque). When
the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW
90 degrees to fully close.
If the damper rotates counterclockwise to open, and the
angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counterclockwise).
b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two
mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the
desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set
screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws
(Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.531 lb-in. [3.03.5
Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully counter-clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.
f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque).
g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.

Mount Controller
NOTE: The controller may be wired before mounting to a
panel or DIN rail.
Terminal blocks are used to make all wiring connections to the
controller. Attach all wiring to the appropriate terminal blocks
(see Wiring on page 5).

62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)


4-13/16 (122)
4-1/8 (105)

10-5/16 (262)
8-5/16 (211)

4-13/16 (122)
4-1/8 (105)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4

6-29/64 (164)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4

6-1/4
(159)
5-7/8
(149)

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

5-3/4
(146)

6-1/4
(159)
5-7/8
(149)

1 2 3 4 5 6

1-55/64
(47)

7 8 9 10 11 12

7/16
(11)

6-17/64
(159)

5-3/64
(128)
12345678

3/16 (4.5) PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X)


NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.

11111111
901234567

PANEL MOUNTING HOLE


(4X) 3/16 IN. (4.5)

M33228A

NOTE:

Fig. 4. Panel Mounting - controller dimensions in inches


(mm) for PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PVB4024NS (only
PUB40245S and PVB4024NS shown).

DEPTH IS
2-1/4 (57)

CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.

8-9/32
(211) 1-15/16
(49)

4-1/8
(105)

27/32
(21)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4

6-1/4
(159)
5-7/8
(149)

6-9/32
(159)

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

DEPTH IS
2-1/4 (57)

3/16 (4.5) PANEL


MOUNTING HOLE (4X)

NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION. M33229B

Fig. 5. Panel mounting - controller and actuator


dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB0000AS and
PVB4022AS (only PVB000AS shown).
PANEL MOUNTING HOLE
(4X) 29/64 IN. (12)
PVB6438NS
5-3/4
(146)

PUB6438S

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

5-3/64
(128)

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

5-3/64
(128)

5-29/64
(139)

5-29/64
(139)
12345678

11111111112
901234567890

12345678

6-29/64 (164)
6-27/32 (174)

11111111112
901234567890

6-29/64 (164)
6-27/32 (174)
DEPTH IS
2-1/4 (57)

NOTE:

CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.

M29330

Fig. 7. Panel mounting - controller dimensions in inches (mm) for models PUB6438S and PVB6438NS.

Panel Mounting

and a plastic factory-snap-on cover.

The controller enclosure is constructed of a plastic base plate

62-031005

M29329

Fig. 6. Panel mounting - controller and actuator


dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB6436AS.

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

NOTE: The controller is designed so that the cover does


not need to be removed from the base plate for
either mounting or wiring.

The controller mounts using four screws inserted through the


corners of the base plate. Fasten securely with four No. 6 or
No. 8 machine or sheet metal screws.

Always use a fresh cut on the end of the tubing


that connects to the air flow pickups and the
restrictor ports on the controller.

Connect the high pressure or upstream tube to the plastic


restrictor port labeled (+), and the low pressure or downstream tube to the restrictor port labeled (-). See labeling in
Fig. 9. When twin tubing is used from the pickup, split the
pickup tubing a short length to accommodate the connections.

The controller can be mounted in any orientation. Ventilation


openings are designed into the cover to allow proper heat
dissipation, regardless of the mounting orientation.

NOTES:

DIN Rail Mounting (PUB1012S, PUB4024S,


PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.)
To mount the PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S,
PVB4024NS, or PVB6438NS controller on a DIN rail
[standard EN50022; 1-3/8 in. x 9/32 in. (7.5 mm x 35 mm)],
refer to Fig. 8 and perform the following steps:
1. Holding the controller with its top tilted in towards the
DIN rail, hook the two top tabs on the back of the controller onto the top of the DIN rail.
2. Push down and in to snap the two bottom flex connectors of the controller onto the DIN rail.

If controllers are mounted in unusually dusty or


dirty environments, an inline, 5-micron disposable
air filter (use 5-micron filters compatible with
pneumatic controls) is recommended for the high
pressure line (marked as +) connected to the air
flow pickup.
The tubing from the air flow pickup to the controller should not exceed three feet (0.914 m). Any
length greater than this will degrade the flow
sensing accuracy.
Use caution when removing tubing from a connector. Always pull straight away from the connector or use diagonal cutters to cut the edge of the
tubing attached to the connector. Never remove
by pulling at an angle.

IMPORTANT
To remove the controller from the DIN rail, perform
the following:
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top
tabs.
2. Rotate the top of the controller out towards you and
pull the controller down and away from the DIN rail to
release the bottom flex connectors.

AIR FLOW
PICKUP

CONNECTOR
TUBING
RESTRICTOR
PORT

RESTRICTOR
PORT
P

TOP TABS

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

DIN RAIL

M23556A

12345678

11111111112
901234567890

Fig. 9. Air flow pickup connections (PVB0000AS,


PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).
BOTTOM FLEX
CONNECTORS

Wiring

M16815

All wiring must comply with applicable electrical codes and


ordinances, or as specified on installation wiring diagrams.
Controller wiring is terminated to the screw terminal blocks
located on the top and the bottom of the device.

Fig. 8. Controller DIN rail mounting (PUB1012S,


PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS).

Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS,


PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and
PVB6438NS)

WARNING

Electrical Shock Hazard.


Can cause severe injury, death or property
damage.
Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or
making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock
or equipment damage.

Air flow Pickup


For PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS,
and PVB6438NS, connect the air flow pickup to the two
restrictor ports on the controller (see Fig. 9).
NOTES:

NOTES:

Use 1/4 inch (6 mm) outside diameter, with a


0.040 in. (1 mm) wall thickness, plenum-rated
1219 FR (94V-2) tubing.
5

For multiple controllers operating from a single


transformer, the same side of the transformer
secondary must be connected to the same power
input terminal in each controller. Controller
62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

IMPORTANT
Connect terminal 2, (the 24 Vac common [24 VAC
COM] terminal) to earth ground (see Fig. 10).

configurations will not necessarily be limited to


three devices, but the total power draw, including
accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when
powered by the same transformer (U.S. only). The
earth ground terminal (terminal 3) must be
connected to a verified earth ground for each
controller in the group (see Fig. 11 on page 6).
All loads on the controller must be powered by the
same transformer that powers the controller itself.
A controller can use separate transformers for
controller power and output power.
Keep the earth ground connection (terminal 3)
wire run as short as possible.
Do not connect the universal input COM
terminals, analog output COM terminals or the
digital input/output COM terminals to earth
ground.

CONNECT POWER TO
TERMINALS 1 AND 2
12345678

COM
24 VAC
LINE VOLTAGE
GREATER
THAN 150 VAC
1

Fig. 10 depicts a single controller using one transformer.


IMPORTANT
Power must be off prior to connecting to or removing
connections from the 24 Vac power (24 Vac/24 Vac
COM), earth ground (EGND), and 20 Vdc power (20
Vdc) terminals.

WHEN CONNECTIONG POWER TO THE SPYDER BACnet


CONTROLLER, CONNECT THE COM LEG OF THE VAC SECONDARY
CIRCUIT TO A KNOWN EARTH GROUND.
M29684A

NOTE: Controller configurations are not necessarily limited to three devices, but the total power draw,
including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA
when powered by the same transformer (U.S.
only).

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

11111111112
901234567890

OUTPUT
DEVICE
POWER

More than one controller can be powered by a single


transformer. Fig. 11 shows power wiring details for multiple
controllers.

Screw-type terminal blocks are designed to accept


up to one 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) conductor or up to
two 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm) conductors. More than two
wires that are 18 AWG (2.0 sq mm) can be connected with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire
group and attach the pigtail to the terminal block.

12345678

1
EARTH
GROUND

Fig. 10. Power wiring details for one controller per


transformer.

IMPORTANT
Use the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14 AWG
(2.0 sq mm), with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0 sq
mm), for all power and earth ground wiring.

CONNECT POWER TO
TERMINALS 1 AND 2

11111111112
901234567890

TRANSFORMER

The 24 Vac power from an energy limited Class II power


source must be provided to the controller. To conform to Class
II restrictions (U.S. only), the transformer must not be larger
than 100 VA.

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

12345678

11111111112
901234567890

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

12345678

11111111112
901234567890

COM
120/240
VAC

24 VAC

TRANSFORMER

OUTPUT
DEVICE
POWER

EARTH
GROUND

M29685A

Fig. 11. Power wiring details for two or more controllers per transformer.

Communications

76.8 or 115.2 Kilobits per second (configured at global


controller). The Spyder BACnet controllers are master devices
on the MS/TP network. Each Spyder BACnet controller uses a
high-quality EIA-485 transceiver and exerts 1/4 unit load on
the MS/TP network.

Each controller uses a BACnet MS/TP communications port.


The controllers data is presented to other controllers over a
twisted-pair MS/TP network, which uses the EIA-485 signaling
standard capable of the following baud rates: 9.6, 19.2, 38.4,
62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

Cabling should be selected that meets or exceeds the BACnet


Standard which specifies the following: An MS/TP EIA-485
network shall use shielded, twisted-pair cable with
characteristic impedance between 100 and 130 ohms.
Distributed capacitance between conductors shall be less
than 100 pF per meter (30 pF per foot). Distributed
capacitance between conductors and shield shall be less that
200 pF per meter (60 pF per foot). Foil or braided shields are
acceptable. The Honeywell tested and recommended MS/TP
cable is Honeywell Cable 3322 (18 AWG, 1-Pair, Shielded,
Plenum cable), alternatively Honeywell Cable 3251 (22 AWG,
1-Pair, Shielded, Plenum cable) is available and meets the
BACnet Standard requirements (www.honeywellcable.com).

installation. The Spyder BACnet Controllers Device Instance


Number is automatically set when it is added to a
WEBStation-AX project. The Device Instance Number can be
changed by the user, which may be necessary when
integrating with a third party or when attempting to replace an
existing controller and it is desired to maintain the existing
Device Instance Number.
To edit the Device Instance Number using WEBs AX:
1. Identify an unused Device Instance Number on the
BACnet Network, in the range of 0 - 4194302.
2. Open the Spyder Bacnet Device Mgr View
a. Double click on the BacnetNetwork located in the
Nav tree.
b. Select the Spyder Controller to be modified.
c. Click on the Edit button.
d. Enter an unused value in the Device Id field.
e. Select OK
3. Right Click on the Spyder Controller and select Actions
> Write Device Instance to complete the update

The maximum BACnet MS/TP network Bus segment length is


4,000 ft. (1,071 m) using recommended wire. Repeaters must
be used when making runs longer than 4,000 ft. (1,071 m). A
maximum of three repeaters can be used between any two
devices.

Setting the MS/TP MAC address

Termination Resistors

The MS/TP MAC address for each device must be set to a


unique value in the range of 0-127 on an MS/TP network
segment (address 0, 1, 2, & 3 should be avoided as they are
commonly used for the router, diagnostic tools, and as spare
addresses). DIP switches on the Spyder BACnet controller are
used to set the controller's MAC address.

Matched terminating resistors are required at each end of a


segment bus wired across (+) and (-). Use matched precision
resistors rated 1/4W 1% / 80 - 130 Ohms. Ideally, the value
of the terminating resistors should match the rated
characteristic impedance of the installed cable. For example, if
the installed MS/TP cable has a a listed characteristic
impedance of 120 Ohm, install 120 Ohm matched precision
resistors.

To set the MS/TP MAC address of a Spyder BACnet


controller:
1. Find an unused MAC address on the MS/TP network to
which the Spyder BACnet controller connects.
2. Locate the DIP switch bank on the Spyder BACnet for
addressing. This is labeled MAC Address
3. With the Spyder BACnet Controller powered down, set
the DIP switches for the MAC Address you want. Add
the value of DIP switches set to ON to determine the
MAC address. See Table 2. Example, if only DIP
switches 1, 3, 5, and 7 are enabled the MAC address
would be 85 (1 + 4 + 16 + 64 = 85).

Shield Terminating
Following proper MS/TP cabling shield grounding procedures
is important to minimize the risk of communication problems
and equipment damage caused by capacitive coupling.
Capacitive coupling is caused by placing MS/TP cabling close
to lines carrying higher voltage. The shield should be
grounded on only one end of the MS/TP segment (typically
the router end). Tie the shield through using the SHLD
(terminal 4) on the Spyder BACnet Controller.

Sylk Bus

Table 2. DIP Switch Values For MS/TP MAC Address.


DIP

VALUE 64

32

16

Sylk is a two wire, polarity insensitive bus that provides both


18 VDC power and communications between a Sylk-enabled
sensor and a Sylk-enabled controller. Using Sylk-enabled
sensors saves I/O on the controller and is faster and cheaper
to install since only two wires are needed and the bus is
polarity insensitive. Sylk sensors are configured using the
latest release of the Spyder Tool for WEBPro and
WEBStation.

Setting the Device Instance Number


The Device Instance Number must be unique across the
entire BACnet system network because it is used to uniquely
identify the BACnet devices. It may be used to conveniently
identify the BACnet device from other devices during

62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

NOTE: ALL BACnet MS/TP CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO:


BAC
BAC+
SHLD

AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
DI-4
20V DC
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6

AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
DI-4
20V DC
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6

12345678

BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP+
SHIELD

DO-1
DO-2
COM
DO-3
DO-4
COM
DO-5
DO-6
COM
DO-7
DO-8
COM

24 VAC
24VAC COM
EGND
SHLD
SBUS1
SBUS2
BAC +
BAC

11111111112
901234567890

24 VAC
24VAC COM
EGND
SHLD
SBUS1
SBUS2
BAC +
BAC

DO-1
DO-2
COM
DO-3
DO-4
COM
DO-5
DO-6
COM

AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
DI-4
20V DC
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
24 VAC
24VAC COM
EGND
SHLD
SBUS1
SBUS2
BAC +
BAC

12345678

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

11111111112
901234567890

12345678

BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP+
SHIELD

DO-1
DO-2
COM
DO-3
DO-4
COM
DO-5
DO-6
COM
DO-7
DO-8
COM

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

11111111112
901234567890

ADD APPROPRIATE TERMINATION


RESISTOR BETWEEN THE BAC+
AND THE BAC TERMINALS.

M29331A

Fig. 12. Termination modules.

Wiring Method

1. STRIP 1/2 IN. (13 MM)


FROM WIRES TO
BE ATTACHED AT
ONE TERMINAL.

WARNING

Electrical Shock Hazard.


Can cause severe injury, death or property
damage.
Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring, or
making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock
or equipment damage.

1/2
(13)

2. TWIST WIRES

TOGETHER WITH
PLIERS (A MINIMUM
OF THREE TURNS).

NOTE: When attaching two or more wires to the same


terminal, other than 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), be sure
to twist them together. Deviation from this rule
can result in improper electrical contact (see Fig.
13).
Each terminal can accommodate the following gauges of wire:
Single wire: from 22 AWG to 14 AWG solid or stranded
Multiple wires: up to two 18 AWG stranded, with 1/4 watt
wire-wound resistor

3. CUT TWISTED END OF WIRES TO 3/16 IN. (5 MM)

BEFORE INSERTING INTO TERMINAL AND


TIGHTENING SCREW. THEN PULL ON EACH
WIRE IN ALL TERMINALS TO CHECK FOR
GOOD MECHANICAL CONNECTION.
M17207

Prepare wiring for the terminal blocks, as follows:


1. Strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor.
2. Cut a single wire to 3/16 in. (5 mm). Insert the wire in
the required terminal location and tighten the screw.
3. If two or more wires are being inserted into one terminal
location, twist the wires together a minimum of three
turns before inserting them (see Fig. 13).
4. Cut the twisted end of the wires to 3/16 in. (5 mm)
before inserting them into the terminal and tightening
the screw.
5. Pull on each wire in all terminals to check for good
mechanical connection.

62-031005

Fig. 13. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.

Controller Replacement
(PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS)
For PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers,
which are hard-wired to an actuator, perform the following
actions to replace the complete assembly (controller and
actuator):
1. Remove all power from the controller.
2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.
3. Remove the terminal blocks.
4. Remove the old controller and actuator assembly from
its mounting.
Loosen the two bolts on the actuator clamp to
release the actuator from the shaft.
Remove the controllers mounting screws.
Gently pull the controller and actuator assembly
straight out, until the assembly is clear of the
actuator shaft.
8

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

5.
6.

7.

8.

6.

Mount the new controller and actuator assembly (See


Installation on page 2.).
Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure
sensor (See Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS,
PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS) on page
4).
Replace the terminal blocks:
Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.
Press straight down to firmly seat it.
Repeat for each terminal block.
Restore power to the controller.

7.

8.

Controller Replacement (PUB1012S,


PUB4024S, and PUB6438S)

Controller Replacement (PVB4024NS


and PVB6438NS)

Perform the following to replace the PUB1012S, PUB4024S,


and PUB6438S controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.
2. Remove the terminal blocks.
3. Remove the old controller from its mounting.

Perform the following to replace the PVB4024NS and


PVB6438NS controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.
2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.
3. Remove the terminal blocks.
4. Remove the old controller from its mounting.

IMPORTANT
(FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top
pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release
the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).

IMPORTANT
(FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top
pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release
the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).
5.

Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure


sensor (See Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS,
PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS) on page
4).
Replace the terminal blocks:
Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.
Press straight down to firmly seat it.
Repeat for each terminal block.
Restore power to the controller.

4.
5.

Mount the new controller.


See Installation on page 2.

6.

Mount the new controller (See Installation on page 2.).


Replace the terminal blocks:
Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.
Press straight down to firmly seat it.
Repeat for each terminal block.
Restore power to the controller.

62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification
to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or
damages, including attorneys fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com

U.S. Registered Trademark


2014 Honeywell International Inc.
62-031005 M.S. Rev. 01-14
Printed in United States

VAV CONTROLLER

Spyder BACnet
Programmable Controllers
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The PUB and PVB controllers are part of the Spyder family.
These controllers are BACnet MS/TP network devices
designed to control HVAC equipment. These controllers
provide many options and advanced system features that
allow state-of-the-art commercial building control. Each
controller is programmable and configurable through software.
These controllers are for use in VAV (Variable Air Volume),
Unitary, and advanced HVAC applications. Each controller has
flexible, universal inputs for external sensors, digital inputs,
and a combination of analog and digital Triac outputs. All the
models are described in Table 1. The photo to the left is the
model PVB6436AS, which includes the actuator.
Table 1. Controller configurations.
Programmable
Type

Universal
Inputs
(UI)

Digital
Inputs
(DI)

Analog
Outputs
(AO)

Digital
Outputs
(DO)

Velocity
Pressure
Sensor
(Microbridge)

Series 60
Floating
Actuator

PUB1012S

Unitary

1a

NO

NO

PUB4024S

Unitary

4a

NO

NO

PUB6438S

Unitary

NO

NO

PVB000AS

VAV

YES

YES

PVB4022AS

VAV

4a

YES

YES

PVB4024NS

VAV

4a

YES

NO

Controller
Model

PVB6436AS

VAV

YES

YES

PVB6438NS

VAV

YES

NO

Each controller communicates via an EIA-485 BACnet MS/TP network communications network, capable of baud rates between
9.6 and 115.2 kilobits.
Controllers are field-mountable to either a panel or a DIN rail.
Controller and Actuator Load: 9 VA maximum; models
PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS, and PVL6436AS.
External Sensors Power Output: 20 Vdc 10% @ 75 mA
maximum.
VAV Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating
(models PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS,
General Specifications
PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).:
Rated Voltage: 2030 Vac; 50/60 Hz
Minimum 32 F (0 C); Maximum 122 F (50 C)
Power Consumption:
Unitary Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating
100 VA for controller and all connected loads (including the
(models PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S.):
actuator on models models PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS,
Minimum -40 F (-40 C); Maximum 150 F (65.5 C)
and PVL6436AS).
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
Controller Only Load: 5 VA maximum; models PUB1012S,
LED: Provides status for normal operation, controller downPUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.
load process, alarms, manual mode, and error conditions

SPECIFICATIONS

62-0310-05

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

BEFORE INSTALLATION

NOTES:
1.

The controller is available in three models (see Table 1).


Review the power, input, and output specifications on page 1
before installing the controller.
Hardware driven by Triac outputs must have a minimum
current draw, when energized, of 25 mA and a maximum
current draw of 500 mA.
Hardware driven by the analog current outputs must have a
maximum resistance of 550 Ohms, resulting in a maximum
voltage of 11 volts when driven at 20 mA.
If resistance exceeds 550 Ohms, voltages up to 18 Vdc are
possible at the analog output terminal.

2.

The actuator is shipped with the mechanical endlimit set screws set to 95 degrees of rotation.
Adjust the two set screws closer together to
reduce the rotation travel. Each hash mark indicator on the bracket represents approximately
6.5 of rotation per side.
The Declutch button, when pressed, allows you to
rotate the universal shaft adapter (see Fig. 1).

IMPORTANT
Determine the damper rotation and opening angle
prior to installation. See Fig. 2 below and Fig. 3 on
page 3 for examples.
UNIVERSAL SHAFT
CLAMPING BOLTS (2)

WARNING

UNIVERSAL
SHAFT ADAPTER

Electrical Shock Hazard.


Can cause severe injury, death or property
damage.
Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or
making wiring connections to prevent electrical shock
or equipment damage.

MECHANICAL
END LIMIT SET
SCREWS (2)

INSTALLATION
DECLUTCH
BUTTON

The controller must be mounted in a position that allows


clearance for wiring, servicing, removal, connection of the
BACnet MS/TP Molex connector and access to the MS/TP
MAC address DIP switches.
The controller may be mounted in any orientation.

M23568

IMPORTANT
Avoid mounting in areas where acid fumes or other
deteriorating vapors can attack the metal parts of the
controller, or in areas where escaping gas or other
explosive vapors are present. Fig. 6Fig. 7 on
page 4 for mounting dimensions.

Fig. 1. Series 60 Floating Actuator.


DAMPER

For the PVB6436AS model, the actuator is mounted first and


then the controller is mounted. For the other models, go to
When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW either 45
or 60 degrees to fully close. on page 3 to begin the
installation.

Mount Actuator onto Damper Shaft


(PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS)
DAMPER SHAFT
ROTATES
CLOCKWISE
TO OPEN

PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers


include the direct-coupled actuator with Declutch mechanism,
which is shipped hard-wired to the controller.

Fig. 2. Damper with 90 degree CW rotation to open.

The actuator mounts directly onto the VAV box damper shaft
and has up to 44 lb-in. (5 Nm) torque, 90-degree stroke, and
90 second timing at 60 Hz. The actuator is suitable for
mounting onto a 3/8 to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm) square or round
VAV box damper shaft. The minimum VAV box damper shaft
length is 1-9/16 in. (40 mm).

IMPORTANT
Mount actuator flush with damper housing or add a
spacer between the actuator mounting surface and
damper box housing.

The two mechanical end-limit set screws control the amount


of rotation from 12 to 95. These set screws must be securely
fastened in place. To ensure tight closing of the damper, the
shaft adapter has a total rotation stroke of 95 (see Fig. 1).

62-031005

M23569

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

Before Mounting Actuator onto Damper


Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS.)

2.

Tools required:
Phillips #2 screwdriver - end-limit set screw adjustment
8 mm wrench - centering clamp
Before mounting the actuator onto the VAV box damper shaft,
determine the following:
1. Determine the damper shaft diameter. It must be
between 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm).
2. Determine the length of the damper shaft. If the length
of the VAV box damper shaft is less than 1-9/16 in.
(40 mm), the actuator cannot be used.
3. Determine the direction the damper shaft rotates to open
the damper (CW or CCW) (see Fig. 3). Typically, there is
an etched line on the end of the damper shaft that indicates the position of the damper. In Fig. 2, the indicator
shows the damper open in a CW direction.
4. Determine the damper full opening angle (45, 60, or 90
degrees). In Fig. 2, the damper is open to its full open
position of 90 degrees.

3.

TYPE A DAMPER
AIR
FLOW

CW TO OPEN, CCW TO CLOSE

TYPE B DAMPER

4.

AIR
FLOW

M2067B

CCW TO OPEN, CW TO CLOSE

Fig. 3. Determining the rotation direction (CW or CCW)


for damper opening.

Mounting Actuator Onto Damper Shaft


(PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS.)
The unit is shipped with the actuator set to rotate open in the
clockwise (CW) direction to a full 95 degrees. The extra 5
degrees ensures a full opening range for a 90 degree damper.
The installation procedure varies depending on the damper
opening direction and angle:
1. If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the
angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise).
b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully clockwise.
c. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.

d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp


(8 mm wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque).
When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW
90 degrees to fully close.
If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the
angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise).
b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two
mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the
desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set
screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws
(Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.531 lb-in. [3.03.5
Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.
f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque).
g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.
If the damper rotates counterclockwise (CCW) to open,
and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counterclockwise).
b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully counterclockwise.
c. Mount the actuator to the damper box and shaft.
d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp (8 mm
wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque). When
the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW
90 degrees to fully close.
If the damper rotates counterclockwise to open, and the
angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:
a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counterclockwise).
b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two
mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the
desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set
screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws
(Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.531 lb-in. [3.03.5
Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully counter-clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.
f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.888.5 lb-in. [810 Nm] torque).
g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.

Mount Controller
NOTE: The controller may be wired before mounting to a
panel or DIN rail.
Terminal blocks are used to make all wiring connections to the
controller. Attach all wiring to the appropriate terminal blocks
(see Wiring on page 5).

62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)


4-13/16 (122)
4-1/8 (105)

10-5/16 (262)
8-5/16 (211)

4-13/16 (122)
4-1/8 (105)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4

6-29/64 (164)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4

6-1/4
(159)
5-7/8
(149)

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

5-3/4
(146)

6-1/4
(159)
5-7/8
(149)

1 2 3 4 5 6

1-55/64
(47)

7 8 9 10 11 12

7/16
(11)

6-17/64
(159)

5-3/64
(128)
12345678

3/16 (4.5) PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X)


NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.

11111111
901234567

PANEL MOUNTING HOLE


(4X) 3/16 IN. (4.5)

M33228A

NOTE:

Fig. 4. Panel Mounting - controller dimensions in inches


(mm) for PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PVB4024NS (only
PUB40245S and PVB4024NS shown).

DEPTH IS
2-1/4 (57)

CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.

8-9/32
(211) 1-15/16
(49)

4-1/8
(105)

27/32
(21)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4

6-1/4
(159)
5-7/8
(149)

6-9/32
(159)

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

DEPTH IS
2-1/4 (57)

3/16 (4.5) PANEL


MOUNTING HOLE (4X)

NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION. M33229B

Fig. 5. Panel mounting - controller and actuator


dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB0000AS and
PVB4022AS (only PVB000AS shown).
PANEL MOUNTING HOLE
(4X) 29/64 IN. (12)
PVB6438NS
5-3/4
(146)

PUB6438S

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

5-3/64
(128)

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

5-3/64
(128)

5-29/64
(139)

5-29/64
(139)
12345678

11111111112
901234567890

12345678

6-29/64 (164)
6-27/32 (174)

11111111112
901234567890

6-29/64 (164)
6-27/32 (174)
DEPTH IS
2-1/4 (57)

NOTE:

CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.

M29330

Fig. 7. Panel mounting - controller dimensions in inches (mm) for models PUB6438S and PVB6438NS.

Panel Mounting

and a plastic factory-snap-on cover.

The controller enclosure is constructed of a plastic base plate

62-031005

M29329

Fig. 6. Panel mounting - controller and actuator


dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB6436AS.

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

NOTE: The controller is designed so that the cover does


not need to be removed from the base plate for
either mounting or wiring.

The controller mounts using four screws inserted through the


corners of the base plate. Fasten securely with four No. 6 or
No. 8 machine or sheet metal screws.

Always use a fresh cut on the end of the tubing


that connects to the air flow pickups and the
restrictor ports on the controller.

Connect the high pressure or upstream tube to the plastic


restrictor port labeled (+), and the low pressure or downstream tube to the restrictor port labeled (-). See labeling in
Fig. 9. When twin tubing is used from the pickup, split the
pickup tubing a short length to accommodate the connections.

The controller can be mounted in any orientation. Ventilation


openings are designed into the cover to allow proper heat
dissipation, regardless of the mounting orientation.

NOTES:

DIN Rail Mounting (PUB1012S, PUB4024S,


PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.)
To mount the PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S,
PVB4024NS, or PVB6438NS controller on a DIN rail
[standard EN50022; 1-3/8 in. x 9/32 in. (7.5 mm x 35 mm)],
refer to Fig. 8 and perform the following steps:
1. Holding the controller with its top tilted in towards the
DIN rail, hook the two top tabs on the back of the controller onto the top of the DIN rail.
2. Push down and in to snap the two bottom flex connectors of the controller onto the DIN rail.

If controllers are mounted in unusually dusty or


dirty environments, an inline, 5-micron disposable
air filter (use 5-micron filters compatible with
pneumatic controls) is recommended for the high
pressure line (marked as +) connected to the air
flow pickup.
The tubing from the air flow pickup to the controller should not exceed three feet (0.914 m). Any
length greater than this will degrade the flow
sensing accuracy.
Use caution when removing tubing from a connector. Always pull straight away from the connector or use diagonal cutters to cut the edge of the
tubing attached to the connector. Never remove
by pulling at an angle.

IMPORTANT
To remove the controller from the DIN rail, perform
the following:
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top
tabs.
2. Rotate the top of the controller out towards you and
pull the controller down and away from the DIN rail to
release the bottom flex connectors.

AIR FLOW
PICKUP

CONNECTOR
TUBING
RESTRICTOR
PORT

RESTRICTOR
PORT
P

TOP TABS

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

DIN RAIL

M23556A

12345678

11111111112
901234567890

Fig. 9. Air flow pickup connections (PVB0000AS,


PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).
BOTTOM FLEX
CONNECTORS

Wiring

M16815

All wiring must comply with applicable electrical codes and


ordinances, or as specified on installation wiring diagrams.
Controller wiring is terminated to the screw terminal blocks
located on the top and the bottom of the device.

Fig. 8. Controller DIN rail mounting (PUB1012S,


PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS).

Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS,


PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and
PVB6438NS)

WARNING

Electrical Shock Hazard.


Can cause severe injury, death or property
damage.
Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or
making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock
or equipment damage.

Air flow Pickup


For PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS,
and PVB6438NS, connect the air flow pickup to the two
restrictor ports on the controller (see Fig. 9).
NOTES:

NOTES:

Use 1/4 inch (6 mm) outside diameter, with a


0.040 in. (1 mm) wall thickness, plenum-rated
1219 FR (94V-2) tubing.
5

For multiple controllers operating from a single


transformer, the same side of the transformer
secondary must be connected to the same power
input terminal in each controller. Controller
62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

IMPORTANT
Connect terminal 2, (the 24 Vac common [24 VAC
COM] terminal) to earth ground (see Fig. 10).

configurations will not necessarily be limited to


three devices, but the total power draw, including
accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when
powered by the same transformer (U.S. only). The
earth ground terminal (terminal 3) must be
connected to a verified earth ground for each
controller in the group (see Fig. 11 on page 6).
All loads on the controller must be powered by the
same transformer that powers the controller itself.
A controller can use separate transformers for
controller power and output power.
Keep the earth ground connection (terminal 3)
wire run as short as possible.
Do not connect the universal input COM
terminals, analog output COM terminals or the
digital input/output COM terminals to earth
ground.

CONNECT POWER TO
TERMINALS 1 AND 2
12345678

COM
24 VAC
LINE VOLTAGE
GREATER
THAN 150 VAC
1

Fig. 10 depicts a single controller using one transformer.


IMPORTANT
Power must be off prior to connecting to or removing
connections from the 24 Vac power (24 Vac/24 Vac
COM), earth ground (EGND), and 20 Vdc power (20
Vdc) terminals.

WHEN CONNECTIONG POWER TO THE SPYDER BACnet


CONTROLLER, CONNECT THE COM LEG OF THE VAC SECONDARY
CIRCUIT TO A KNOWN EARTH GROUND.
M29684A

NOTE: Controller configurations are not necessarily limited to three devices, but the total power draw,
including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA
when powered by the same transformer (U.S.
only).

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

11111111112
901234567890

OUTPUT
DEVICE
POWER

More than one controller can be powered by a single


transformer. Fig. 11 shows power wiring details for multiple
controllers.

Screw-type terminal blocks are designed to accept


up to one 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) conductor or up to
two 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm) conductors. More than two
wires that are 18 AWG (2.0 sq mm) can be connected with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire
group and attach the pigtail to the terminal block.

12345678

1
EARTH
GROUND

Fig. 10. Power wiring details for one controller per


transformer.

IMPORTANT
Use the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14 AWG
(2.0 sq mm), with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0 sq
mm), for all power and earth ground wiring.

CONNECT POWER TO
TERMINALS 1 AND 2

11111111112
901234567890

TRANSFORMER

The 24 Vac power from an energy limited Class II power


source must be provided to the controller. To conform to Class
II restrictions (U.S. only), the transformer must not be larger
than 100 VA.

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

12345678

11111111112
901234567890

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

12345678

11111111112
901234567890

COM
120/240
VAC

24 VAC

TRANSFORMER

OUTPUT
DEVICE
POWER

EARTH
GROUND

M29685A

Fig. 11. Power wiring details for two or more controllers per transformer.

Communications

76.8 or 115.2 Kilobits per second (configured at global


controller). The Spyder BACnet controllers are master devices
on the MS/TP network. Each Spyder BACnet controller uses a
high-quality EIA-485 transceiver and exerts 1/4 unit load on
the MS/TP network.

Each controller uses a BACnet MS/TP communications port.


The controllers data is presented to other controllers over a
twisted-pair MS/TP network, which uses the EIA-485 signaling
standard capable of the following baud rates: 9.6, 19.2, 38.4,
62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

Cabling should be selected that meets or exceeds the BACnet


Standard which specifies the following: An MS/TP EIA-485
network shall use shielded, twisted-pair cable with
characteristic impedance between 100 and 130 ohms.
Distributed capacitance between conductors shall be less
than 100 pF per meter (30 pF per foot). Distributed
capacitance between conductors and shield shall be less that
200 pF per meter (60 pF per foot). Foil or braided shields are
acceptable. The Honeywell tested and recommended MS/TP
cable is Honeywell Cable 3322 (18 AWG, 1-Pair, Shielded,
Plenum cable), alternatively Honeywell Cable 3251 (22 AWG,
1-Pair, Shielded, Plenum cable) is available and meets the
BACnet Standard requirements (www.honeywellcable.com).

installation. The Spyder BACnet Controllers Device Instance


Number is automatically set when it is added to a
WEBStation-AX project. The Device Instance Number can be
changed by the user, which may be necessary when
integrating with a third party or when attempting to replace an
existing controller and it is desired to maintain the existing
Device Instance Number.
To edit the Device Instance Number using WEBs AX:
1. Identify an unused Device Instance Number on the
BACnet Network, in the range of 0 - 4194302.
2. Open the Spyder Bacnet Device Mgr View
a. Double click on the BacnetNetwork located in the
Nav tree.
b. Select the Spyder Controller to be modified.
c. Click on the Edit button.
d. Enter an unused value in the Device Id field.
e. Select OK
3. Right Click on the Spyder Controller and select Actions
> Write Device Instance to complete the update

The maximum BACnet MS/TP network Bus segment length is


4,000 ft. (1,071 m) using recommended wire. Repeaters must
be used when making runs longer than 4,000 ft. (1,071 m). A
maximum of three repeaters can be used between any two
devices.

Setting the MS/TP MAC address

Termination Resistors

The MS/TP MAC address for each device must be set to a


unique value in the range of 0-127 on an MS/TP network
segment (address 0, 1, 2, & 3 should be avoided as they are
commonly used for the router, diagnostic tools, and as spare
addresses). DIP switches on the Spyder BACnet controller are
used to set the controller's MAC address.

Matched terminating resistors are required at each end of a


segment bus wired across (+) and (-). Use matched precision
resistors rated 1/4W 1% / 80 - 130 Ohms. Ideally, the value
of the terminating resistors should match the rated
characteristic impedance of the installed cable. For example, if
the installed MS/TP cable has a a listed characteristic
impedance of 120 Ohm, install 120 Ohm matched precision
resistors.

To set the MS/TP MAC address of a Spyder BACnet


controller:
1. Find an unused MAC address on the MS/TP network to
which the Spyder BACnet controller connects.
2. Locate the DIP switch bank on the Spyder BACnet for
addressing. This is labeled MAC Address
3. With the Spyder BACnet Controller powered down, set
the DIP switches for the MAC Address you want. Add
the value of DIP switches set to ON to determine the
MAC address. See Table 2. Example, if only DIP
switches 1, 3, 5, and 7 are enabled the MAC address
would be 85 (1 + 4 + 16 + 64 = 85).

Shield Terminating
Following proper MS/TP cabling shield grounding procedures
is important to minimize the risk of communication problems
and equipment damage caused by capacitive coupling.
Capacitive coupling is caused by placing MS/TP cabling close
to lines carrying higher voltage. The shield should be
grounded on only one end of the MS/TP segment (typically
the router end). Tie the shield through using the SHLD
(terminal 4) on the Spyder BACnet Controller.

Sylk Bus

Table 2. DIP Switch Values For MS/TP MAC Address.


DIP

VALUE 64

32

16

Sylk is a two wire, polarity insensitive bus that provides both


18 VDC power and communications between a Sylk-enabled
sensor and a Sylk-enabled controller. Using Sylk-enabled
sensors saves I/O on the controller and is faster and cheaper
to install since only two wires are needed and the bus is
polarity insensitive. Sylk sensors are configured using the
latest release of the Spyder Tool for WEBPro and
WEBStation.

Setting the Device Instance Number


The Device Instance Number must be unique across the
entire BACnet system network because it is used to uniquely
identify the BACnet devices. It may be used to conveniently
identify the BACnet device from other devices during

62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

NOTE: ALL BACnet MS/TP CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO:


BAC
BAC+
SHLD

AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
DI-4
20V DC
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6

AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
DI-4
20V DC
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6

12345678

BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP+
SHIELD

DO-1
DO-2
COM
DO-3
DO-4
COM
DO-5
DO-6
COM
DO-7
DO-8
COM

24 VAC
24VAC COM
EGND
SHLD
SBUS1
SBUS2
BAC +
BAC

11111111112
901234567890

24 VAC
24VAC COM
EGND
SHLD
SBUS1
SBUS2
BAC +
BAC

DO-1
DO-2
COM
DO-3
DO-4
COM
DO-5
DO-6
COM

AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
DI-4
20V DC
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
24 VAC
24VAC COM
EGND
SHLD
SBUS1
SBUS2
BAC +
BAC

12345678

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

11111111112
901234567890

12345678

BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP+
SHIELD

DO-1
DO-2
COM
DO-3
DO-4
COM
DO-5
DO-6
COM
DO-7
DO-8
COM

22222222233333333334
12345678901234567890

11111111112
901234567890

ADD APPROPRIATE TERMINATION


RESISTOR BETWEEN THE BAC+
AND THE BAC TERMINALS.

M29331A

Fig. 12. Termination modules.

Wiring Method

1. STRIP 1/2 IN. (13 MM)


FROM WIRES TO
BE ATTACHED AT
ONE TERMINAL.

WARNING

Electrical Shock Hazard.


Can cause severe injury, death or property
damage.
Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring, or
making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock
or equipment damage.

1/2
(13)

2. TWIST WIRES

TOGETHER WITH
PLIERS (A MINIMUM
OF THREE TURNS).

NOTE: When attaching two or more wires to the same


terminal, other than 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), be sure
to twist them together. Deviation from this rule
can result in improper electrical contact (see Fig.
13).
Each terminal can accommodate the following gauges of wire:
Single wire: from 22 AWG to 14 AWG solid or stranded
Multiple wires: up to two 18 AWG stranded, with 1/4 watt
wire-wound resistor

3. CUT TWISTED END OF WIRES TO 3/16 IN. (5 MM)

BEFORE INSERTING INTO TERMINAL AND


TIGHTENING SCREW. THEN PULL ON EACH
WIRE IN ALL TERMINALS TO CHECK FOR
GOOD MECHANICAL CONNECTION.
M17207

Prepare wiring for the terminal blocks, as follows:


1. Strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor.
2. Cut a single wire to 3/16 in. (5 mm). Insert the wire in
the required terminal location and tighten the screw.
3. If two or more wires are being inserted into one terminal
location, twist the wires together a minimum of three
turns before inserting them (see Fig. 13).
4. Cut the twisted end of the wires to 3/16 in. (5 mm)
before inserting them into the terminal and tightening
the screw.
5. Pull on each wire in all terminals to check for good
mechanical connection.

62-031005

Fig. 13. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.

Controller Replacement
(PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and
PVB6436AS)
For PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers,
which are hard-wired to an actuator, perform the following
actions to replace the complete assembly (controller and
actuator):
1. Remove all power from the controller.
2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.
3. Remove the terminal blocks.
4. Remove the old controller and actuator assembly from
its mounting.
Loosen the two bolts on the actuator clamp to
release the actuator from the shaft.
Remove the controllers mounting screws.
Gently pull the controller and actuator assembly
straight out, until the assembly is clear of the
actuator shaft.
8

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

5.
6.

7.

8.

6.

Mount the new controller and actuator assembly (See


Installation on page 2.).
Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure
sensor (See Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS,
PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS) on page
4).
Replace the terminal blocks:
Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.
Press straight down to firmly seat it.
Repeat for each terminal block.
Restore power to the controller.

7.

8.

Controller Replacement (PUB1012S,


PUB4024S, and PUB6438S)

Controller Replacement (PVB4024NS


and PVB6438NS)

Perform the following to replace the PUB1012S, PUB4024S,


and PUB6438S controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.
2. Remove the terminal blocks.
3. Remove the old controller from its mounting.

Perform the following to replace the PVB4024NS and


PVB6438NS controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.
2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.
3. Remove the terminal blocks.
4. Remove the old controller from its mounting.

IMPORTANT
(FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top
pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release
the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).

IMPORTANT
(FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top
pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release
the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).
5.

Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure


sensor (See Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS,
PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS) on page
4).
Replace the terminal blocks:
Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.
Press straight down to firmly seat it.
Repeat for each terminal block.
Restore power to the controller.

4.
5.

Mount the new controller.


See Installation on page 2.

6.

Mount the new controller (See Installation on page 2.).


Replace the terminal blocks:
Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.
Press straight down to firmly seat it.
Repeat for each terminal block.
Restore power to the controller.

62-031005

SPYDER BACNET PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification
to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or
damages, including attorneys fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com

U.S. Registered Trademark


2014 Honeywell International Inc.
62-031005 M.S. Rev. 01-14
Printed in United States

WALL MODULE THERMOSTAT FOR VAV

Zio Lite Wall Modules


TR40 AND TR42 MODELS WITH SYLK

SPECIFICATION DATA

FEATURES
The TR40 and TR42 wall modules include:
Two wire, polarity insensitive Sylk provides both power
and communication to the device.
Models available with display (TR42) or without display
(TR40).
Models available with or without built in humidity or
CO2 sensors.
All TR42 display wall modules include:
Override option
Ability for tenant to change between F and C
Ability to provide tenant either a relative "warmercooler" setpoint adjustment or absolute temperature
setpoint adjustment
Fan speed options: Auto-On, Auto-Off-On, Auto-OffLow-Med-High (Not available on ComfortPoint Open
VAV applications)
For Spyder/Niagara users, an installer mode with
optional password protection that allows:
Switching between F and C

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Temperature calibration
Humidity calibration

The TR40 and TR42 are 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive, Sylk


communicating wall modules, which communicate with all
Spyder programmable controllers and ComfortPoint Open
controllers that are enabled with Sylk. Not compatible with
Stryker controllers.

Numerical or Graphical setpoint adjustment

The TR40 and TR42 are simple temperature wall modules


with basic setpoint, override, and fan options, and are
designed for a broad range of applications. Models are
available that include humidity and CO2 sensing.

Choosing the sensor or setpoint value to be


shown in the Home Screen, or choose to scroll
through sensor and setpoint values

NOTE: Refer to the forms listed below for more details.

62-0467 Installation Instructions

63-2741 Operating Guide

38-00003 Engineering Guide Spec

Adjustment of the Setpoint Range Limits


Adjustment of override time (Choose Network
Time or 1-24 hours)

Choosing between English and International


icon display
For ComfortPoint Open users, installer mode is
removed from configurations. All configuration is via
studio tool

63-1389-04

ZIO LITE WALL MODULES

SPECIFICATIONS

Approvals: CE; UL94-V0 plastic enclosure; FCC Part 15,


Class B

Models: See Table 1 for a list of models with description.

Accuracy:
Temperature: 0.2 C at 25 C ( 0.36 F at 77 F)
Humidity: 3% RH from 20-80%RH
CO2: (30ppm +3% of measured value).
Calibrated at the factory.
Uses automatic background calibration. No
calibration required for the life of the product.
Meets CEC Title 24 requirement of 75ppm
accuracy at 600ppm and 1000ppm ambient levels.
For proper CO2 operation, install only in spaces that
see at least 4 hours of continuous unoccupied time
per week.

Environmental Ratings:
Operating Temperature:
Operating Range: 32 to 125 F (0 to 52 C)
Setpoint Limit: 50 to 149 F (10 to 65 C) (Spyder/
Niagara users only)
Shipping Temperature: -40 to 150 F (-40 to 65.5 C)
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
Accessories:
50007298-001 (pack of 12) medium, cover plate;
6-7/8 x 5 in. (175 x 127 mm).

Table 1. Part Descriptions.


Part

Description

Sensors

Communication

Interface

TR40

Wall Module, Temp only, Sylk

Temperature

Sylk

None

TR40-H

Wall Module, Temp and Humidity, Sylk

Temp, Humidity

Sylk

None

TR40-CO2

Wall Module, Temp and CO2, Sylk

Temp, CO2

Sylk

None

TR40-H-CO2 Wall Module, Temp, Humdity, CO2, Sylk

Temp, Hum, CO2 Sylk

None

TR42

LCD Wall Module, Temp only, Sylk

Temperature

Sylk

Configurable:
Temp Setpoint Adjust,
Override, Fan (if FCU app)

TR42-H

LCD Wall Module, Temp and Humidity, Sylk

Temp, Humidity

Sylk

Configurable:
Temp Setpoint Adjust,
Override, Fan (if FCU app)

TR42-CO2

LCD Wall Module, Temp and CO2, Sylk

Temp, CO2

Sylk

Configurable:
Temp Setpoint Adjust,
Override, Fan (if FCU app)

TR42-H-CO2 LCD Wall Module, Temp, Humidity, CO2, Sylk Temp, Hum, CO2 Sylk

Configurable:
Temp Setpoint Adjust,
Override, Fan (if FCU app)

Communications

Setting the Wall Module Address Dial

The wall modules use the two wire polarity insensitive Sylk for
communication with the programmable controller.

Every Sylk device wired to a single controller must have a


unique address. The address on the wall module must match
the address in the control logic.

Compatibility

Sylk Device Capacity

For Spyder/Niagara users, the TR40/42 models work with


Spyders manufactured after date code 1220, and work with
any Spyder Micro BACnet. Be sure to use an updated Spyder
tool to get the TR40/42 functional support.
Also compatible with the ComfortPoint Open CPO-VAV2A
direct coupled, VAV box controller-actuator.

For ComfortPoint Open controllers, a maximum of three (3)


TR40/42s can be supported by a single controller.
For Spyder controllers, to determine the maximum number of
Sylk devices, including Zio Lites, please refer to the Sylk
Device Capacity Calculation Tool on the Buildings Forum. Sylk
Capacity can also be determined, and should always be
verified, using the Resouce Usage view in the Spyder Tool
itself. Total Sylk proxy file memory, total Sylk power
consumption, and total Sylk bandwidth must all fall below
maximum limits.

By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or
modification to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any
liability, cost, or damages, including attorneys fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com

U.S. Registered Trademark


2015 Honeywell International Inc.
63-138904 M.S. Rev. 12-15
Printed in United States

TOUCH SCREEN

CLMMI00N31 - Touchscreen MMI

Product Data

Features

GENERAL
The CLMMI00N31 Touchscreen MMI is an easy-to-use and
robust operator unit for the entire range of plant controllers.
The touch-panel operation screens allow for easy and selfexplanatory operation by finger-tip or by touch-pen (supplied).
User-configurable fast-access lists can contain selected datapoints, time programs, and parameters, thus permitting plantoriented and customer-oriented operation.

Copyright 2014 Honeywell GmbH All Rights Reserved

Operation of all CentraLine plant controllers:


The CLMMI00N31 operates controllers belonging to the
CentraLine family (PANTHER, TIGER, LION, FALCON
and EAGLE).
Controller self-detection:
The CLMMI00N31 automatically recognizes the connected
CentraLine controller and automatically starts the correct
form of communication.
Local languages:
The CLMMI00N31 comes with operation menus in the
following languages: Dutch, English, French, German,
Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Spanish, and Swedish.
Other local language menus can be provided, upon
request, and can be loaded via the USB interface.
Uniform operation screens:
Regardless of the type of controller family, the screens all
have a similar look and feel.
Password protection:
The CLMMI00N31 uses the existing password
mechanisms of the controllers it is connected to:
Three (3) password levels for PANTHER, TIGER, LION;
Six (6) password levels for FALCON and EAGLE.
Upgrade of installed systems:
The CLMMI00N31 can be used to easily upgrade existing
controllers to touch-screen operation, because it can
simply replace existing CLMMI00N21/22 operator
interfaces.
Bus-wide operation:
Once connected to a controller, the CLMMI00N31 allows
bus-wide access to other controllers on the same bus.
Maintenance free:
The CLMMI00N31 is a solid-state product, without moving
components like fan or hard-drive.
24 Vac and 24 Vdc operating voltage
Network security:
Due to its embedded Windows CE operating system
which is loaded upon every powering-up the
CLMMI00N31 is not prone to typical network security
issues like viruses, Trojans, etc.

EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714

CLMMI00N31 - TOUCHSCREEN MMI PRODUCT DATA

Specifications

Earth Fault Monitoring


If the operating voltage exceeds 27 Vac, a controlled leakage
current to earth ground will protect the device against electrical damage. In this situation, if earth fault monitors have
been installed, these will give alarm.
If voltage peaks of more than 24 Vac + 10% (= 26.4 Vac)
cannot be reliably excluded, we recommended using a railmounted Switch-Mode Power Supply (SMPS) instead of a
conventional transformer, as the SMPS guarantees very
tightly controlled secondary voltages at a price at or below
that of conventional transformers.

Communication Protocols
The CLMMI00N31 provides an auto-detection mechanism
which recognizes the type of CentraLine controller to which it
is connected. Based on the type of controller detected, it will
automatically start the corresponding communication protocol.
HTTP
HTTP is used for communication with FALCON and EAGLE.
FTP
FTP is available in Windows CE. The user must enable it.

Mechanical Data
Housing Dimensions
Panel cut-out:
160 mm (6.299) horizontal x 118 mm (4.646) vertical
Display frame:
168 mm (6.614) horizontal x 126 mm (4.961) vertical x
5 mm (0.197) thickness
Construction depth:
40 mm (1.575)

XCNAP
Honeywell proprietary protocol, used for communication with
CentraLine family controllers.

Hardware Interfaces
Ethernet (used for Excel Web operation)
10/100 MBit/s, RJ45 female

Housing Material
Display frame made of anodized aluminum
Housing made of sheet metal, zinc-coated

RS232C (used for CentraLine family operation)


9-Pin sub-D, male, 115 KBit/s
USB (for memory stick)
two ports, USB Host 2.0, full-speed (max. 12 MBit/s)

Weight
0.9 kg (2 lbs.) (excl. unit packaging)

POWER
USB ETHERNET
RS232C

Mounting
Panel door mounting
Calculated Lifetime of Weakest Components
MTBF 5 years (battery)

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9

123

Fig. 1. CLMMI00N31 hardware interfaces

Display

Electrical Data
This is a Class-II device.
The device can be operated with a.c. or d.c., as desired.
The device's power plug connector is a 3-pole Phoenix MINICOMBICON MC 1,5/3-GF-3,5 THT plug connector (included
in shipment).
The device requires a dedicated power supply.

Color TFT graphic display, 64,000 colors


5.7, 86.4 mm x 115.2 mm display area
320 x 240 pixels
analog resistive touch-panel, 4-wire
backlight, > 45,000 hrs lifetime (i.e. after 45,000 hrs of
active backlight use, intensity will have dropped to 50%)
Configurable auto-switch-off for the backlight

CPU

Operating Voltage
24 Vac 10% (SELV as per DIN EN 61131), 50/60 Hz
24 Vdc 20% (SELV as per DIN EN 61131), max. 10%
ripple

Processor
ARM 9, 200 MHz
Operating System
Windows CE 5.0 Professional

Current and Power Consumption


0.4 A (typical), 0.6 A (max.) at 24 Vac
0.4 A (typical), 0.6 A (max.) at 24 Vdc
connected power value: 9.6 W

Memory
128 MB SDRAM
512 kB S-RAM
64 MB Flash Memory, > 100,000 write cycles
Real-Time Clock
Accuracy: 120 ppm
5 years buffered by lithium battery

EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714

CLMMI00N31 - TOUCHSCREEN MMI PRODUCT DATA

Environmental

Password Protection

Temperature
Storage: -25 +70C (-13 +158F)
Operation: 0 +50 C (+32 +122 F)
Ambient Humidity (operation and storage)
10 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing

MODELS / ORDER NUMBERS

Protection Class

The following parts are included in the delivery of the


CLMMI00N31:
the CLMMI00N31 Touchscreen MMI
Operating pen
Pen holder
Panel door mounting kit (4 clamps with fastening bolts)
Mounting Instructions (MU1Z-0929GE51)
3 m Ethernet Cross-Over cable (allows direct connection
to FALCON and EAGLE)

IP65 (front), IP20 (back)

Certifications

The CLMMI00N31 uses the existing password


mechanisms of the controllers it is connected to:
Three (3) password levels for PANTHER, TIGER, and
LION
Six (6) password levels for FALCON and EAGLE.

CE
RoHS-compliant

Warranty
Please refer to Honeywell terms and conditions.

ORDER NO.

Local Language Support

The CLMMI00N31 comes with operation menus in the


following languages: English, German, French, Spanish,
Italian, Swedish, Japanese, and Dutch. Other local
language menus can be provided, upon request.

Installation Instructions, see MU1Z-0929GE51

00-07-92-00-1B-9F

SERIAL NO.

Honeywell GmbH
D-71101 Schoenaich
Made in Germany
http://europe.hbc.honeywell.com

INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS
MAC ADDRESS

200708270087

Application Specific Information

CLMMI00N31
24 VDC, 0,4 A, IP65

Operation Menus

VOLTAGE, CURRENT,
PROTECTION STANDARD

07 35

Fig. 2. Manufacturer's plate

WIN CE 5.0 supports the languages listed below. Thus,


application-specific information (data-point and descriptor
names, alarm texts, time program, names, etc.) are
supported in the following language character sets:
Bulgarian
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
English (U.S.)
Finnish
French
German
Hungarian
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese (Brazil)
Portuguese (Portugal)
Romanian
Russian
Serbian (Cyrillic)
Serbian (Latin)
Slovak
Slovenian
Spanish
Swedish

Spare Parts (can be ordered separately)

Operating pen with pen holder, power wiring terminal,


panel door mounting kit, Ethernet cross-over cable,
Installation Instructions (CentraLine order no.:
CLMMI00N31-ACC)

EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714

CLMMI00N31 - TOUCHSCREEN MMI PRODUCT DATA

DIMENSIONS

44.7
39.7

168

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9

123

158

118

37

126

5.7

78.6

90

15.2
Fig. 3. CLMMI00N31 Touchscreen MMI, dimensions (in mm)

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pice 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

CentraLine
Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Strasse 17
71101 Schnaich, Germany
Phone +49 (0) 7031 637 845
Fax
+49 (0) 7031 637 740
info@centraline.com
www.centraline.com

Subject to change without notice


EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714

DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

T7411A / LF20 / LF10 / C7068


DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS

PRODUCT DATA

FEATURES

PT100, PT1000, NTC20k or NTC10k temperature


sensing element
Wide sensing range
High accuracy

T7411A
LF20
LF10

Stainless steel probe

C7068

LF20-C

SPECIFICATION
Nominal value
PT100
PT1000
NTC20k
NTC10k

GENERAL
The T7411A/LF20/LF20-C/LF10/C7068 Duct Temperature
Sensors are used in ventilating and air conditioning
systems to measure discharge, return, or outside air
temperature. They are designed for duct mounting. The
T7411A is available with two different probe lengths.

Accuracy
NTC
PT100 / PT1000
Sensitivity
NTC
PT100
PT1000

100 at 0 C
1000 at 0 C
20 k at 25 C
10 k at 25 C

0.3 K at 25 C
IEC751 Class B
0.3 K +0.5% |t| (t in C)
non-linear
0.385 / K
3.85 / K

These sensors are used in the following control systems:

Excel 5000
MicroniK 200
MicroniK 100
Excel Classic
Excel Plus
High Performance Excel Plus
Excel EMC

or other systems using PT100, PT1000, or NTC 20k


temperature sensing elements.
Further, the C7068 is also suitable for installation in fancoil
units or at air outlets.

U.S. Registered Trademark


Copyright 2010 Honeywell Inc. All rights reserved

Response time (at air velocity of 5 m/s [16.4 ft/s])


LF20, LF20-C, LF10
T7411
C7068

0.5
0.5
0.5

42 s
45 s
4 min (at 1 m/s [3.3 ft/s])

Electrical connection
T7411A/LF20/LF10
terminals for 2 x 1.5 mm cable
LF20-C
5 m cable, 2-core,
seawater-resistant,
conduit M16x1,5
C7068
1.5-m cable, 2-core
C7068-5m
5-m cable, 2-core
Ambient Limits
Storage temperature
-35...+70 C (-31+158 F)
Humidity (T7411, LF)
595% rh, non-condensing
Safety (terminal box)
Protection standard
See table on page 2
Flame retardant
V1 as per UL94
Plastic (PC)
Dimensions
See Fig. 1 on page 2

EN0B-0361GE51 R0610

T7411A / LF20 / LF20-C / LF10 / C7068 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS

Models
OS number
LF20
LF20-C
LF10
T7411A1001
T7411A1019
T7411A1043
C7068A1007
C7068A1007-5m
C7068A1030

Protection
standard
IP30
IP65
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54

sensor type

sensing range
-40...+80 C
-40...+80 C
-40...+80 C
-40...+80 C
-40...+80 C
-40...+80 C
0...+70 C
0...+70 C
0...+70 C

NTC20k
NTC20k
NTC10k
PT1000
PT1000
PT100
NTC20k
NTC20k
NTC10k

length in mm (inches)
L1
T1
338 (13.30)
305 (12.00)
305 (12.00)
-338 (13.30)
305 (12.00)
185 (7.28)
152 (5.98)
338 (13.30)
305 (12.00)
185 (7.28)
152 (5.98)
cable length: 1.5 m
cable length: 5 m
cable length: 1.5 m

DIMENSIONS OF T7411A / LF20 / LF10


47 (1.85)

L1
max. 275 mm
(10.8 in.)

23 (0.91)

LF20-C
0
3

6 (0.23)

19.5
(0.75)

4
8
55 (2.17)

T7411A, LF20, LF10

50 (1.97)

L1
33 (1.3)
6 (0.23)

19.5
(0.75)

T1
case hole diameter
allows Pg9 cable

7 (0.28)

Fig. 1. Dimensions of T7411A / LF20 / LF10 and LF20-C in mm (inches)

EN0B-0361GE51 R0610

65
(2.55)

T7411A / LF20 / LF20-C / C7068 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS

INSTALLATION
wiring run
sensor to controller

INSTALLATION OF C7068
max. length
200 m (660 ft)

The temperature offset due to wire resistance per 10 m


distance from sensor to controller, when using the T7411A
(PT100 / PT1000) is stated in the following table:
type of wire
PT1000
2
0.5 mm (AWG20) 0.18 C (0.324 F)
1.0 mm2 (AWG17) 0.09 C (0.162 F)

PT100
1.8 C (3.24 F)

1.5 mm2 (AWG15) 0.06 C (0.108 F)

0.6 C (1.08 F)

0.9 C (1.62 F)

NOTE: Use shielded wiring in areas with high EMI.


Maintain a minimum distance of 15 cm (5.9)
between sensor lines and 230 Vac power lines.

Fig. 2. Installation of the C7068 in mm (inches)

EN0B-0361GE51 R0610

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pice 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Strasse 17
71101 Schnaich / Germany
Phone: (49) 7031 63701
Fax:
(49) 7031 637493
http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com
Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany
EN0B-0361GE51 R0610

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY


SENSOR

H7625, H7635, H7655 Series 2000


Humidity/Temperature Sensors

SPECIFICATION DATA

FEATURES
Ceramic Technology overcomes the limitations of
other resistance based humidity sensors that use
water soluble polymer coatings.
Duct Mount

Ceramic Technology allows sensors to recover fully


from condensation, fog, and high humidity.
Highly accurate, repeatable, stable output with
negligible hysteresis.
Temperature compensated output

Wall Mount

Outdoor
Mount
The H7625, H7635, and H7655 are highly accurate, stable
humidity transducers designed for use with HVAC controllers
such as the T7350 Thermostat, H775 Remote Humidity
Controller, and W7760 Direct Digital Controllers. The Ceramic
Technology humidity sensor is not affected by condensation
and provides excellent long-term stability.

Zero and span trimmers, and increment/decrement


recalibration feature.
All units have selectable 4-20mA, 0-10Vdc, or 0-5Vdc
output.
NIST traceable 2%, 3%, and 5% calibration, every
sensor calibrated at 3 different points.

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating RH Range:
0 to 95% RH non-condensing.
RH Measurement Range:
0-100% RH
Humidity Accuracy:
2%, 3% or 5% from 20 to 95% RH.
1K Ohm Temperature Accuracy:
(0.15 + 0.002t) C t = actual temperature in C
20K Ohm Temperature Accuracy:
0.4F at 77F (0.2C at 25C)

Supply Voltage:
4-20mA Output: 250 Ohm Load 15 40 VDC / 18 - 28 VAC
4-20mA Output: 500 Ohm Load 18 40 VDC / 18 - 28 VAC
(500 Ohm Load Max)
0-5 VDC Output: 12 - 40 VDC / 18 - 28 VAC (10K Load
Minimum)
0-10 VDC Output: 18 - 40 VDC / 18 28 VAC (10K Load
Minimum)
Maximum Supply Current:
Current Mode: 24 mA.
Voltage Mode: 8 mA.

1K Ohm Temperature Output Range:


Room: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Duct: -58 to 572F (-50 to 300C).

Finish:
Room Enclosure: ABS Plastic (UL94-VO rated).
Duct Enclosure: ABS Plastic (UL94-5VA rated).
Outdoor Enclosure: ASA Plastic (UL-94V0 rated).

20K Ohm Temperature Output Range:


Room: 40 to 110F (4 to 43C).
Duct/Outdoor: -40 to 240F (-40 to 116C).

Compensated Temperature Range: Full RH Range


Room: 32 to 122F (-0 to 50C).
Duct/Outdoor: -10 to 140F (-23 to 60C)

Hysteresis:
Less than 0.5% RH.

Humidity Response Time:


200 seconds.

63-4521-03

H7625, H7635, H7655 SERIES 2000 HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE SENSORS

Saturation Response Time:


10 minutes.

Repeatability:
0.5% RH.

Sensitivity:
0.1%RH.

Long term drift:


Less than 2% RH drift/5 years.

Interchangeability:
Less than 3% RH nominal.
Table 1. Model Description

MODEL
NUMBER

RH
REPLACES ACCURACY

H7625A2010 H7625A1008 2%

ROOM

H7635A2012 H7635A1006 3%
H7625B2006 H7625B1006 2%

TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

MOUNTING

DUCT

OUTPUT SIGNAL

USED WITH

20K ohm at 77F,


Selectable
reference 206598" 4-20mA, 0-10Vdc,
or 0-5Vdc

T7350, H775, XL50,


XL500, XFC, W7750B/C,
W7753, W7760A/C,
W7761"

1097 ohm at 77F

T775

H7635B2018 H7635B1004 3%
H7655B2014 H7655B1009 5%
H7635C2015 H7635C1002 3%

OUTDOOR

H7626A2020

2%

ROOM

H7636A2022

3%

H7626B2024

2%

H7636B2026

3%

H7656B2029

5%

DUCT

3 (76)
1 1/2 (38)

9/16 (14)

13/16 (31)

4 3/16 (122)

STANDARD
UTILITY
CONDUIT
BOX (2 X 4)
MOUNTING
HOLES

7/8 (22)

2 3/8 (60)

2 3/8 (60)
7/8 (22)
M31332

Fig. 1. Wall-mount sensor dimensions in in. (mm).

63-452103

H7625, H7635, H7655 SERIES 2000 HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE SENSORS

TYPICAL SPECIFICATION

3/4
(19)

Humidity transducer shall be accurate to 2%, 3%,


or 5% RH (whichever is specified) across the relative humidity range from 20-95%, NIST traceable
calibration.

2-1/4
(57)
3-3/4
(95)

Humidity transducers shall be calibrated at three different points across the RH range.

1-1/16
(27)

Interchangeability of output between humidity transducers shall be within 3%.


Each humidity transducer shall have selectable
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 Vdc, or 0 to 5 Vdc output.

7-1/8
(182)

Each humidity transducer shall have the option for


field calibration using zero and span potentiometers,
and toggle switches to increment or decrement the
RH value in steps of 0.5% RH.

KNOCKOUTS (4)

2-1/4
(57)

Accuracy of the humidity transducers shall not be


adversely affected by condensation.
3/4
(19)

3-15/16 (100)
M22583A

4-11/16 (119)

Fig. 2. Duct-mount sensor dimensions in in. (mm).

3-15/16 (100)

3/4
(19)

7/8
(22)
2-1/4
(57)

KNOCKOUTS
(3)

6-1/2
(165)

3-3/4
(95)

1-3/8
(36)

M22584

Fig. 3. Outdoor-mount sensor dimensions in in. (mm).

63-452103

H7625, H7635, H7655 SERIES 2000 HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE SENSORS

By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification
to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or damages,
including attorneys fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com

U.S. Registered Trademark


2014 Honeywell International Inc.
63-452103 M.S. Rev. 10-14
Printed in United States

ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR

T7412A,B,C,D,E

ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PRODUCT DATA

FEATURES

Honeywell

Honeywell

C
20

25

15

30

PT1000, PT100, NTC20k, or BALCO 500


temperature sensing element
Sensing range 0...50 C (32...122 F)
High-precision sensor elements
Attractive housing
Occupied/unoccupied slide switch
Fan speed switch
Push-button for time extension or other purposes
and LED for status indication

SPECIFICATION
Honeywell

GENERAL
The T7412A,B,C,D,E Room Temperature Sensors are used
for room temperature measurement and remote controlpoint adjustment (CPA) or remote setpoint adjustment
(SPA) in heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems.
Models are available with PT1000, PT100, NTC 20k, or
BALCO 500 sensing elements and with or without remote
control or setpoint adjustment.
They are suitable for the following control systems

Excel IRC

Excel Plus and High Performance Excel Plus

Excel EMC

Excel 5000

Excel Classic

MicroniK 100 and MicroniK 200


or other systems using PT1000, PT100, NTC 20k, or
BALCO 500 sensing elements.

U.S. Registered Trademark


Copyright 2007 Honeywell Inc. All rights reserved

Ambient limits
Operating temperature
Transport and
storage temperature
Humidity
Safety
Protection class
Protection standard
Flame retardant
housing
Housing
Dimensions
(H x W x D)
Weight
Mounting
Connections
Screw terminals

0...50 C (32...122 F)
-25...+70 C (-13...+158 F)
5...95%rh, non-condensing
II as per EN60730-1
IP30 as per EN60529
V0 as per UL94
Plastic (ABS)
130 x 80 x 34 mm
(5.12 x 3.15 x 1.34)
100 g
Wall, surface, or European
outlet box
for 2x1.5 mm2 conductors

Potentiometer/Switches
CPA/SPA potentiometer
see Fig. 1 on page 3
circuit
Occupancy switch or
Potential-free contact
Occupancy extend push-button
- occupied
closed < 100
- unoccupied
open > 40k
Fan speed switch
Resistor Network
- auto-OFF-I-II-III

EN0C-0605GE51 R0907

T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Order Numbers

Temperature Sensor
Sensing element

PT1000
PT100
BALCO 500
NTC 20k

OS-no.

Characteristic

see EN0B-0476GE51
for characteristic

Sensing range

0...50 C (32...122 C)

Response time

0.5 2.5 min

Resistance
- PT1000
- PT100
- BALCO 500
- NTC 20k

1000 @ 0 C
100 @ 0 C
500 @ 23.3 C
20k @ 25 C

Sensitivity
- PT1000
- PT100
- BALCO 500
- NTC 20k

3.85 / K
0.385 / K
2 / K
non-linear characteristic

Accuracy
- PT1000 / PT100
- BALCO 500
- NTC 20k

DIN IEC 751 Class B


0.3 K + 0.5% t
1 at 23.3 C
0.3 K at 25 C

(t in C)

temp. sensing element*

T7412A1000

NTC 20k

T7412A1018

PT1000

T7412A1026

BALCO 500

T7412A1059

PT100

T7412B1008

NTC 20k + CPA

T7412B1016

PT1000 + CPA

T7412B1024

BALCO 500 + SPA 15...30 C

T7412B1040

PT1000 + SPA 15...30 C

T7412B1057

PT1000 + CPA

T7412C1006

NTC 20k + CPA and


occupied/unoccupied switch

T7412C1030

PT1000 + CPA and


occupied/unoccupied switch

T7412D1004

NTC 20k + CPA and


Fan Speed Switch

T7412E1001

NTC 20k + push-button +


C-Bus Connector

T7412E1027

NTC 20k + push-button +


Indication LED

For potentiometer values and circuits, see Fig. 1.


* Other temperature sensing elements or different
housing colors are available, on request.

Models
model no. / function
T7412A

T7412B

T7412C

T7412D

T7412E

temperature sensor
remote setpoint
adjustment

Honeywell

Honeywell

Honeywell

EN0C-0605GE51 R0907

20

25

15

30

occupancy extend
push-button

control-point adjustment
occupied/
unoccupied switch

fan speed switch

LED or PIT C-Bus


connector

Honeywell

Honeywell

Honeywell

auto 0 12 3

T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR

INSTALLATION

The offset due to wire resistance per 10 m of distance from


the sensor to the controller is stated in the following table:

Mount these units at the inside wall of the room to be


heated or air conditioned, away from doors, windows, and
heat sources.
They should be located approx. 1.5 m above the floor and
at minimum 50 cm away from the nearest wall.
Do not mount in niches, book shelves, behind cabinets or
curtains, or where it could be exposed to solar radiation.
Seal the conduit opening to avoid false temperature
measurement due to draft from the conduit.

type of wire

NOTE: Use shielded wiring in areas with high EMI. Keep


15 cm (5.9) minimum distance between sensor lines
and 230 Vac power lines.
wiring run
sensor to controller

PT1000

temperature offset
PT100
BALCO 500

0.5 mm2
(AWG20)

0.18 C
(0.324 F)

1.8 C
(3.24 F)

0.3 C
(0.54 F)

1.0 mm2
(AWG17)

0.09 C
(0.162 F)

0.9 C
(1.62 F)

0.15 C
(0.27 F)

1.5 mm2
(AWG15)

0.06 C
(0.108 F)

0.6 C
(1.08 F)

0.1 C
(0.1 F)

maximum length
200 m (660 ft)

Connections for T7412A:


T7412A1000

T7412A1018

T7412A1059

T7412A1026

NTC
20kohm

PT1000

BALCO
500

PT100

Connections for T7412B:

Connections for T7412C:


T7412B1024

T7412B1016
1

BALCO
500

PT1000
2

CPA
100 ohm

10k ohm
SPA
10k ohm

PT1000
or
NTC20kohm

15 C

5
5

T7412C1006 (NTC)
T7412C1030 (PT1000)

PT1000
or
NTC20kohm

PT1000

953 ohm

T7412B1040

T7412B1008 (NTC)
T7412C1057 (PT1000)

10k ohm
SPA
10k ohm

15 C

CPA
100k ohm

CPA
100k ohm

30 C
11k ohm

30 C
11k ohm

Connections for T7412D:

6
*occupancy switch

Connections for T7412E:

T7412D1004

T7412E1001

T7412E1027

3
1

NTC20kohm

NTC20kohm

4
5

7
8

NTC20kohm
A

C-bus
B
connector

10
6

LED

fan-speed switch
auto-OFF-I-II-III

*occupancy extend push-button

4
5

6
*occupancy extend push-button

Fig. 1. Connections

EN0C-0605GE51 R0907

T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1 2 3 4 5 6

12

T7412A

T7412B,C,D,E

Fig. 2. Connector positions

MOUNTING AND DIMENSIONS


All dimensions in mm and (inches).
80 (3.15)

20
(0.79)

130 (5.12)

60 (2.36)

Five mounting holes with


a diameter of 4 mm (0.16)
for three (two) 3.5-mm
(0.14) screws mounted
in positions 1 (preferred)
or 2.

1, 2

34 (1.34)

Fig. 3. Mounting and dimensions

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Ecublens, Route du Bois 37, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Strae 17
D-71101 Schnaich
Phone: (49) 7031 63701
Fax: (49) 7031 637493
http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com
Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany
EN0C-0605GE51 R0907

107 (4.21)

60 (2.36)

30 (1.18)

11
(0.43)

AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH

Differential Pressure Switches DPS Series


FOR AIR CONDITIONING / VENTILATION, USER-ADJUSTABLE

PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Max. operating pressure
Pressure media
Pressure connections
Switching capacity
Electrical connections
Conduit entry
Protection class
Mounting lugs
Medium/ambient temp.
Storage temperature
Membrane material

APPLICATION

OPERATING RANGES

Differential pressure switches e.g. for monitoring filter, fan,


fire damper, or air flow status of air handling systems.

BENEFITS

Switching-point easily adjustable with scale in Pascal;


Direction of M20x1.5 conduit entry can be rotated in steps
of 120;
Only one screw needed for housing cover.

type

(Eurasian Conformity)

CONTENTS OF DELIVERY
The delivery includes (in the case of individual packages) the
following parts:

1 DPS Differential Pressure Switch


1 Data Sheet with installation information
1 DPSA duct kit, consisting of:
- 2 m of silicone hosing
- 2 joining pipes with four screws
- 2 self-tapping screws for mounting the housing
- 3 terminal screws for electrical installation
Bulk packages available, upon request.

U.S Registered Trademark


Copyright 2015 Honeywell Inc. All Rights Reserved

adjustment
range for upper
trip pressure*

switching
tolerance at
difference
adjusted
(hysteresis) switch-point

DPS 200

20...200 (Pa)

10 (Pa)

DPS 400

40...400 (Pa)

20 (Pa)

DPS 500

50...500 (Pa)

20 (Pa)

DPS
1000

200...1000 (Pa)

100 (Pa)

DPS
2500

500...2500 (Pa)

150 (Pa)

APPROVALS

CE according to 2006/95/EC.
Switch according to VDE 0630.
EC Gas Appliance Directive 2009/142/EC according to
DIN EN 1854: 2010.
ROHS 2011/65/EC.

10 kPa
air, non-flammable gases, and
non-aggressive gases
two plastic tubes, outside
diameter: 6.0 mm
1.5 A, (0.4) /250 Vac
AMP connectors, 6.3 x 0.8,
DIN 46244 or screw terminals
M20x1.5
IP 54
integrated in bottom housing
(alternative: mounting angles)
-20...+85 C
-40...+85 C
silicone

20%

15%

*The trip pressure refers to vertical mounting. In case of


horizontal mounting (with the cover pointing upwards), the
range values increase by 20 Pa.

DIMENSIONS
See "Mounting/Einbau/Montage" on page 4.

ACCESSORIES / DELIVERY OPTION

DPST: Set of three screw terminals


DPSJ: Joining pipe (part of DPSA duct kit)
DPSB in bulk pack (45 pc. per box), without
accessories, but with 1 set of Mounting Instructions

MU0B-0073GE51 R0415

Differenzdruckschalter DPS
FR KLIMA- UND LFTUNGSANWENDUNGEN

PRODUKTINFORMATION UND MONTAGEANLEITUNG

TECHNISCHE DATEN
Max. Betriebsdruck
Druckmedien
Druckanschlsse
Schaltleistung
Elektrische
Anschlsse
Kabeldurchfhrung
Schutzart
Befestigungsstutzen
Umgebungs-/
Mediumstemperatur
Lagertemperatur
Membranmaterial

ANWENDUNGEN

Leicht verstellbare Schaltpunkte, mit Skala in Pa;


Ausrichtung der M20x1.5 Kabeldurchfhrung in Schritten
von 120 leicht verstellbar
Gehusedeckel bentigt nur eine Schraube.

Type

Einstellbereich
fr oberen
Schaltdruck*

Konstante
Schaltdifferenz

Toleranz bei
eingestellt.
Schaltpunkt

DPS 200

20...200 (Pa)

10 (Pa)

20%

DPS 400

40...400 (Pa)

20 (Pa)

DPS 500

50...500 (Pa)

20 (Pa)

DPS
1000

200...1000 (Pa)

100 (Pa)

DPS
2500

500...2500 (Pa)

150 (Pa)

ZULASSUNGEN

CE-Zulassung gem 2006/95/EG.


Schalter gebaut nach VDE 0630.
EG-Gasgerterichtlinie 2009/142/EG nach DIN EN 1854:
2010.
ROHS 2011/65/EG.

(Eurasian Conformity)

LIEFERUMFANG
Die Lieferung beinhaltet (bei Einzelverpackung) Folgendes:

1 DPS Differenzdruckschalter
1 Datenblatt mit Montagehinweisen
1 DPSA Zubehrkit, bestehend aus:
- 2 m Silikonschlauch
- 2 Anschlustutzen mit vier Befestigungsschrauben
- 2 selbstschneidende Schrauben zur Befestigung des
Gehuses
- 3 Schraubklemmen fr den elektrischen Anschlu
Mengenpackungen auf Anfrage erhltlich.

U.S Eingetragenes Warenzeichen Alle Rechte vorbehalten


Urheberrechtlich geschtzt 2015 Honeywell Inc.

-40...+85 C
Silikon

BETRIEBSBEREICHE

Differenzdruckschalter fr Filter-, Ventilator- oder Luftstrmungsberwachung bei Klima- und Lftungsanlagen.

VORTEILE

10 kPa
Luft, nichtbrennbare Gase
sowie nichtaggressive Gase
zwei Kunststoffstutzen mit
6,0 mm Auendurchmesser
1,5 A, (0,4) / 250 Vac
AMP-Flachstecker, 6.3 x 0.8,
DIN 46244 oder Schraubklemmen
M20x1.5
IP 54
im Gehuse integriert,
alternativ Befestigungswinkel
-20...+85 C

15%

*Die Schaltdruckangaben beziehen sich auf eine vertikale


Einbaulage. Bei waagrechter Montage erhhen sich die
Werte um 20 Pa.

ABMESSUNGEN
Siehe "Mounting/Einbau/Montage" auf Seite 4.

ZUBEHRTEILE / LIEFEROPTION

DPST: Satz dreier Schraubklemmen


DPSJ: Druckanschlustutzen (gehrt zum DPSA
Zubehrkit)

DPSB in der Sammelverpackung ( 45 Stck), ohne


Zubehr, jedoch mit 1 Stck Montageanleitung

MU0B-0073GE51 R0415

Pressostat diffrentiel DPS

POUR LE CONDITIONNEMENT DE LAIR ET LA VENTILATION


DONNEES SUR LE PRODUIT ET INSTRUCTIONS DE MONTAGE

SPECIFICATIONS TECHNIQUES
Pression Max.

10 kPa

Mdia de pression

Air, gas non-inflammables et


gas non-aggressifs

Contacts de pression

Deux tubes avec


6,0 mm de diamtre extrieur

Capacit commutateur

1.5 A, (0.4) / 250 Vac

Raccordement
lectriques

AMP, 6.3 x 0.8, DIN 46244


ou connecteurs vis

Entre de cables

M20x1.5

Classe de protection

IP 54

Kit de fixation

intgr dans le botier,


Option: equerre de fixation

Temprature
denvironment

-20...+85 C

Temprature de stockage -40...+85 C


Matriel de membrane

APPLICATION

PLAGE DUTILISATION

Pressostat diffrentiel e.g. pour la surveillance de filtres,


ventilateurs ou clapet coupe feu dans des systmes de
traitement de lair ou de conditionnement.

AVANTAGES

Points de comm. facilement ajustable, avec chelle en Pa;


Le conn. M20x1.5 est orientable dans un rayon de 120
Le couvercle du botier ne necessite quune seule vis de
fixation.

CERTIFICATION

Certification CE selon 2006/95/EC.


Commutateur construit selon VDE 0630.
Norme Europeenne apparell gaz 2009/142/EC suivant DIN
EN 1854: 2010.
ROHS 20/65/EC.

(Eurasian Conformity)

CONTENU DE L'EMBALLAGE
L'emballage contient:
1 Pressostat diffrentiel DPS
1 notice technique avec instruction du montage
1 kit daccessoires DPSA contenant:
- 2 m de tuyaux en silicone
- 2 supports de connection avec 4 vis
- 2 vis auto-forantes pour la fixation du botier
- 3 connecteurs vis pour le raccordement lectrique
Emballage par 25 pieces possible sur demande.

Marque de commerce depose aux Etats-Unis


Copyright 2015 Honeywell Inc. Tous droits rservs

Silicone

Type

Plage de rglage
pour pression
suprieure*

Plage fixe
de comm.

Tolerance de
point de
comm.
20%

DPS 200

20...200 (Pa)

10 (Pa)

DPS 400

40...400 (Pa)

20 (Pa)

DPS 500

50...500 (Pa)

20 (Pa)

DPS 1000

200...1000 (Pa)

100 (Pa)

DPS 2500

500...2500 (Pa)

150 (Pa)

15%

*Valeurs donnes pour un montage vertical. Pour montage


horizontal augmenter les valeurs de 20 Pa.

DIMENSIONS
Voir "Mounting/Einbau/Montage" page 4.

ACCESSOIRES / OPTIONS DE LIVRAISON

Kit de trois cosses vis DPST


tuyau de connection DPSJ (fait partie du kit
daccessoires DPSA)
DPS...B emballage group (45 pices) sans accessoires,
mais fourni avec un mode d'emploi

MU0B-0073GE51 R0415

DPS SERIES

MOUNTING/EINBAU/MONTAGE
4 .5

40

100
1-4

8.5

IP 54

2
4X

16

18.5

4
+

6.5

80

3
1

+
3.4

60

P1 = higher pressure = hherer Druck = pression haute


P2 = lower pressure = niedrigerer Druck = pression basse
*Use two screws, only, for mounting lugs!
*Zur Befestigung nur zwei Schrauben verwenden!
* N'utiliser que deux vis pour le montage.
** Remove transport protection from P2!
** Transportkappe von P2 entfernen!
** Enlever le couvercle de transport de P2.

16
25

NOTE:

Do not install upside down with trip pressures of


less than 50 Pa!
HINWEIS: Bei einem Schaltdruck von weniger als 50 Pa
darf das Gert nicht ber Kopf montiert werden!
NOTICE: Ne pas installer l'envers si la pression de
commutation!

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pice 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Str. 17
71101 Schnaich
Germany
Tel.: (49) 7031-637-02
Fax: (49) 7031-637-850
http://europe.hbc.honeywell.com
nderungen vorbehalten. Gedruckt in Deutschland Modifications reserved. Printed in Germany Sous rserve de toutes modifications. Imprim en Allemagne

MU0B-0073GE51 R0514

LIQUID PRESSURE SENSOR

P7620A
Industrial Pressure Transmitters
PRODUCT DATA

FEATURES

Temperature compensated

Built-in Amplifier

High level current Output Signal

EMI/RFI protected

Compact construction

Shock and vibration resistance

Zero and span adjustments

False system shutdown prevention

SPECIFICATION
Performance characteristics:
Accuracy at 25 (linearity, hysteresis, repeatability):
0.5% F.S
Stability at 25

0.4% F.S./year

Thermal Effect:

0.04% F.S./

Environment characteristics:

GENERAL
The P7610A industrial pressure transmitters are ideal for
many general purpose industrial applications when
considering the performance, reliability and cost. The output
signal of the sensing bridge is in converted to be a
standardized current signal through surface mount technology
circuit board. This high level signal output with very low noise
system is packaged in a rugged stainless steel housing to
resist the harsh and extreme environment conditions. Each
transmitter is inspected and calibrated to ensure it's 100%
quality.

Media temperature
range:

-25 +85

Ambient temperature
range :

0 +70

Storage temperature
range :

-25 +85

Compensated range:

-40 +135

Weatherproof rating:

IP 65

Models
OS-No.

Pressure Range(bar)

P7620A1004

0~6

P7620A1012

0~10

This product meets the requirements of

CE

P7620A Flush Diaphragm Pressure Transmitters Transducers

Physical characteristics:
Housing:

304 stainless steel

Fitting material:

304 stainless steel

Ceramic Sensor:

Aluminum Oxide Al2O3(96%)

Seal Material:

NBR

Pressure Fitting
(Connection):

Electrical Connector:

Terminal Box to DIN43650 A

Note: The wetted parts including fitting, sensor and sealing


will be contacted with the media directly.

Wiring

Electrical Data(Current):
Output Signal:

4-20mA(2 Wire)

Power Requirement:

10-32 VDC(Normal 24 VDC)

Load Resistance:

(supply voltage-10V)/(0.02A) Ohms

Applications
z

Industrial OEM equipments

Hydraulic monitoring systems

Compressor controls

Pneumatic systems

Pump applications

HVAC systems

Dimension

HONEYWELL
Automation and Control Solutions
Honeywell Taiwan Ltd.
10F, 168 Lien Cheng Road
Chung Ho City, Taipei County, Taiwan
Phone: +886-2-2245 1000
Fax:
+886-2-2245 3241
Subject to change without notice. Printed in Taiwan

LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH

AX-LS-FL-xx
Liquid Level Float Switches
Product Overview
The AX-LS-FL-xx is a range of Liquid Level Float
switches designed for multi level applications with
access from the surface or where multi-level sensing is
required from a single penetration. The unit consists of
a float which is suspended from a weighted cable, as
the liquid levels change, the float follows the surface
level at the same time tilting due to its weighted
restraint, inside the float are a number of microswitches
which trigger as the float tips. Suitable for a wide range
of liquids.

Features

Easy Installation

standard 5m cable length (10m option)

Alarm, filling, emptying and combined variants

Suitable for a wide range of liquids

Product Specifications
Standard cable length:
Standard adjustment range:
Pressure rating:
Switching Element:
Contact Ratings:
Materials:
Float
Cable
2LHEN
Min fluid specific gravity:
Bouyancy:
Protection Class:
Ambient Temperature Range:
Country of Origin:

5 metres
( Option 10M)
250 to 1200mm (other ranges available at additional cost)
200Kpa
Microswitch
6A @6-250Vac (24V max for flammable liquids)
Polypropylene
PVC standard (option polyurethane, rubber or teflon at additional cost)
Oil Resistant TPU
0.7
6 N (600g)
IP67
0 to + 55 deg C
Finland

Order Codes:
AX-LS-FL-1L
AX-LS-FL-1H
AX-LS-FL-2L
AX-LS-FL-2H
AX-LS-FL-2LH
AX-LS-FL-3L
AX-LS-FL-3H
AX-LS-FL-4L
AX-LS-FL-4H
AX-LS-FL-4L5E
AX-LS-FL-4H5E
AX-LS-FL-2LHEN
-10

Low level alarm


High level alarm
Filling pump control
Emptying pump control
High & low level alarm
Filling pump control & low level alarm or dual filling pump control
Emptying pump control & high level alarm or dual emptying pump control
Filling pump control & high & low level alarm
Emptying pump control & high & low level alarm
Dual pump filling control & low level alarm
Dual pump emptying control & high level alarm
High & low level alarm for oil tanks
10m Cable length

AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012

Page 1 of 4

Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.


Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

AX-LS-FL-xx
Liquid Level Float Switches
Installation
The Float level switches should only be installed by a competent technician who has been trained and is experienced in
Installation with hazardous voltages. ( >50Vac & < 1000Vac or >75Vdc & <1500Vdc).
1/ Ensure that all power is disconnected before carrying out any work on the float switches.

AX-LS-FL-1L and AX-LS-FL-1H


The above units are supplied with a two part mounting bracket
so that the cable can be secured to to the top edge of the tank.
The mounting consists of a plastic tube with a single hole fixing
bracket with a tubular plastic insert which slips inside when you
have the correct position lock the cable in position. Hang the
float so that the required switching point is 12.5cms below the
desired switching point. No weight is required. You may need to
carry out final adjustments under actual pumping conditions
AX-LS-FL-1L

AX-LS-FL-1H

Dimensions:
All the other Float Level Switches
The remainder of the range are supplied with a weight. The
switching height differential is adjusted by moving the
weight along the cable.
The differential is on minimum, when the weight is nearest
to the float.

Every effort has been taken in the production of this data sheet to ensure its accuracy. Axio can not, however, accept responsibility for any damage, expense, injury, loss or consequential loss
resulting from any errors or omissions. Axio has a policy of continuous improvement and reserves the right to change this specification without notice.

AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012

Page 2 of 4

Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.


Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

AX-LS-FL-xx
Liquid Level Float Switches
AX-LS-FL-2L

AX-LS-FL-2H

AX-LS-FL-2LH

AX-LS-FL-2LHEN

AX-LS-FL-3L

AX-LS-FL-3H

AX-LS-FL-4L

AX-LS-FL-4H

AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012

Page 3 of 4

Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.


Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

AX-LS-FL-xx
Liquid Level Float Switches
Switching Height Differential in relationship to the weight of the float

Curve B shows the switching height dfferential in relationship to distance of the weight from the float
Curve C shows the equivalent differential between starting and alarm levels
For Example: If the weight of model 3H is about 50cm from the bottom of the float (measure A) the start/stop
differential is about 60cm and the start/alarm differential is about 25cm. The Differenntials presented here are valid
when standard PVC cable is used. Special cables may cause variations to these values.

Page 4 of 4

AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012


Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

CO2 SENSOR

AQS 71-KAM-T

CO2 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER


PRODUCT DATA & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

FEATURES

Patented calibration-free technology


Outstanding long-term stability
Maintenance free
universal mounting flange

SPECIFICATION
Power supply

GENERAL

The AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 Temperature Transmitter sets new


standards in CO2 measurements in HVAC applications. The
operation is based on the infrared principle. A patented
calibration-free procedure compensates for aging of the
infrared source and ensures outstanding long-term stability.
The AQS 71-KAM-T provides 010 V analog output for CO2
and temperature and is designed for HVAC applications (for
special applications, please contact Honeywell). It is suitable
for direct wiring with universal and voltage-controlled inputs.
NOTE: Avoid strong mechanical stress and improper
handling. The cable gland and housing cover must
be screwed tightly against gas penetration, to avoid
incorrect measurements.

Error
Unrealistic results
Long response time

Current consumption

24 Vac, 20% (SELV)


1535 Vdc
typ. 12 mA output current

Ambient Limits
Operating temperature
Transport and storage
Humidity

-20...+60 C (-4...+140 F)
-20...+60 C (-4...+140 F)
0...95% rh, non-condensing

Safety
Protection class
Protection standard
Housing material
Housing
Dimensions
Mounting

III as per EN 60730-1


Housing IP65 as per EN60529
Probe IP20
Flame retardant V0 as per UL94
plastic (PC)
see Fig. 1 on page 2
duct, M16x1,5 cable inlet

CO2 Sensor
Output signal
Output current
Output scaling

010 V
-1mA < IL < 1mA
010 V = 02000 ppm CO2

Accuracy (CO2 at
25 C [77 F], 1013 mbar)

02000 ppm < (50 ppm


+2% of m.v.)

Long-term stability
Temperature stability:
Response time
Warm-up time

typ. 20ppm/year
typ. 2ppm CO2/K
63 < 250 sec at 3m/s
< 5 min

Temperature
Output signal
Output Current
Output scaling
Accuracy (at 20 C [68 F])
Response time

010 V
-1mA < IL < 1mA
010 V = 050 C
0.3 K
63 < 120sec. at 3m/s

Table 1. Troubleshooting
Possible cause
Remedies
Skewed installation
Air inlet and probe tip must be perpendicular to air flow.
Low air velocity
Air velocity must be > 1 m/sec (200 ft/min).
Housing not tight
Seal cover and gland tightly.
Contamination of sensor or probe Check sensor and probe for soiling and clean, as necessary.

Copyright 2013 Honeywell Inc. All Rights Reserved

EN1B-0377GE51 R0213

AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS - PRODUCT DATA & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

WIRING

NOTE: Installation of the sensor near high EMI-emitting


devices may lead to faulty measurements.

wiring run

maximum length

sensor to controller

200 m (660 ft)

Use shielded wiring in areas with high EMI.


Keep 15 cm (5.9) min. distance between sensor
lines and 230 Vac power lines.
Use two transformers: one for sensors and actuators
and one for the controller.

DIMENSIONS

MOUNTING

Fig. 1. Housing dimensions (mm)

SCREW WITH TORQUE OF 1.5 Nm FOR BREAK-THROUGH.


RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE: 3.5 Nm.

Fig. 2. Assembly of conduit / cable gland

Fig 3. Flange mounting on duct

EN1B-0377GE51 R0213

AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS - PRODUCT DATA & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Fig. 4. Direct mounting on duct

WIRING

+
~
POWER SUPPLY
24 VAC +/-20%
15...35 VDC
~
V

V+
GND
GND

CO2
T

1
2
3
4
5

Fig. 5. Connection diagram

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pice 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Strasse 17
71101 Schnaich / Germany
Phone: (49) 7031 637 - 01
Fax:
(49) 7031 637 - 493
http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com
Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany
EN1B-0377GE51 R0213

MODULATING DAMPER ACTUATOR

N05010/N10010

NON-SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR


MODULATING AND FLOATING / 2-POSITION CONTROL
PRODUCT DATA

SPECIFICATIONS
Supply voltage
Nominal voltage

24 Vac/dc -15%/+20%, 50/60 Hz


24 Vac/dc, 50/60 Hz

All values stated hereinafter apply to operation under


nominal voltage conditions.
Power consumption
N05010
N10010
Control signal
Modulating
Floating/2-Position

0...10 V
24 Vac/dc

Ambient limits
Ambient operating limits
Ambient storage limits
Relative humidity

-20...+60 C (-5...+140 F)
-30...+80 C (-22...+176 F)
5...95%, non-condensing

Safety
Protection standard
Protection class
Overvoltage category

IP54
II as per EN 60730-1
II

This non-spring return direct-coupled damper actuator


provides modulating and floating/2-position control for:

air dampers,

VAV units,

air handlers,

ventilation flaps,

louvers, and
2

reliable control for air damper applications with up to 1 m


2
/ (5 Nm) and 2 m (10 Nm) (seal-less damper blades; air
friction-dependent).

Lifetime
Full strokes
Repositions

60000
1.5 million

Mounting
Round damper shaft
Square damper shaft
Shaft length

8...16 mm
6...13 mm; 45 steps
min. 41 mm

FEATURES

Torque rating

5 Nm / 10 Nm

Runtime for 90
mod. (dc / 50/60 Hz ac)
floating (dc / 60 Hz ac)
floating (50 Hz ac)

90 sec
90 sec
110 sec

GENERAL

Declutch for manual adjustment


Adjustable mechanical end limits
Removable access cover for direct wiring
Mountable in any orientation
Function selection switch for selecting modulating or
floating/2-position control

U.S. Registered Trademark


Copyright 2013 Honeywell Inc. All rights reserved

5 VA / 2 W
5 VA / 2 W

End switches (when included)


Rating
5 A (resistive), 3 A (inductive)
Triggering points
5 / 85

Rotation stroke

95 3

Dimensions

see "Dimensions" on page 6

Weight (without cables)

450 g

Noise rating

35 dB(A) max. at 1 m

EN0B-0478GE51 R0413

N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL

Contents of Package

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

The delivery package includes the actuator, parts 1 through 6


(see Fig. 2), plus two cable grommets and a spare cable
grommet.

N = non-spring return
S = spring return

05 = 5 Nm
10 = 10 Nm

RUN MODES

equipped with two


end switches

The function selection switch (see Fig. 3) can be used to


place the actuator into any one of three different modes:
Service/Off;
the floating/2-position run mode ("Dir" for CCW-closing
dampers or "Rev" for CW-closing dampers); and
the modulating run mode.

SmartAct N 0 5 0 1 0 - S W 2
010 = modulating + floating + ON/OFF
24 = 24 V floating + ON/OFF
230 = 230 V ON/OFF

Fig. 1. Product Identification System

modulating

MODELS
order no.
N05010
N05010-SW2
N10010
N10010-SW2

supply voltage end switches


-2
24 Vac/dc
-2

torque
5 Nm
10 Nm

Service/Off

2...10 V
0...10 V
Dir
Service/Off
Rev
10...0 V
10...2 V

2...10 V
0...10 V
Dir
Service/Off
Rev
10...0 V
10...2 V

Fig. 3. Function selection switch

BASIC FEATURES

Power-Off Behavior
If power is removed, the shaft adapter remains in position.

Service/Off

If the function selection switch is set to the "Service/Off"


position, then all rotary movement is cancelled, and all control
signals are ignored, thus allowing the actuator to be manually
operated safely.

Floating/2-Position Run Mode

N05010

To use the actuator in the floating or 2-position mode, the


function selection switch must be set to either "Dir" or "Rev".

3
4
5

Without Feedback Signal

2...10 V
0...10 V
Dir
Service/Off
Rev
10...0 V
10...2 V

As soon as operating power is applied, the shaft adapter will


then run according to the control signals applied.

With Feedback Signal

If terminal 1 is connected according to Fig. 12 and Fig. 13, a


feedback signal will be provided at terminal 5. As soon as
operating power is applied, the shaft adapter will then run first
completely counterclockwise and then completely clockwise
(see also section "Adaption"), after which it will run according
to the control signals applied.

Fig. 2. Setting units and control elements


Legend for Fig. 2:
1) Universal shaft adapter
2) Mechanical end limits
3) Declutch button
4) Function selection switch
5) Removable access cover
6) Anti-rotation bracket

EN0B-0478GE51 R0413

floating/2-position

2...10 V
0...10 V
Dir
Service/Off
Rev
10...0 V
10...2 V

Modulating Run Mode


To use the actuator in the modulating mode, the function
selection switch must be set to one of the four modulating
control settings. A feedback signal will be provided at terminal
5. As soon as operating power is applied, the shaft adapter
will run first completely counterclockwise and then completely
clockwise (see also section "Adaption"), after which it will run
according to the control signals applied.

100
(before)

upper dead band (9.76 to 10.0 V)

100
(after)

new position of UPPER


mechanical end limit

range of proportional
actuator movement
(0.24 to 9.76 V)

a
er
aft

on
pti
da

io
n

50

be
fo
re

ad
ap
t

0
(after)

new position of LOWER


mechanical end limit

lower dead band (0 to 0.24 V)


0
(before)

0
0

0.24

5.0

9.76 10.0

control signal (V)

Fig. 4. Final shaft adapter position vs. control signal (ex.


function selection switch setting of 0...10 V)
current position of shaft adapter (% of max. stroke)

95

final position of actuator (degrees)

100

final position of
actuator (% of max.)

final position of shaft adapter (% of max. stroke)

N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL

0
0

control signal (volts)

10.0

Fig. 6. Adaption (function selection switch set to


"0...10 V")
Adaption will be carried out whenever the actuator is
connected at terminal 1 and
the user powers up (from a totally powerless condition) the
actuator; or
the user sets the function selection switch to the
"Service/Off" setting for at least 2 sec and then back to its
previous setting; or
when using the actuator in the modulating mode, if the
control signal's value rises up into the upper dead band
(i.e. to more than the max. control signal minus 0.24 V) or
drops down into the lower dead band (i.e. to less than the
min. control signal plus 0.24 V), after which the shaft
adapter must then remain at the respective (upper or
lower) mechanical end limit for at least 3 sec. However, in
this case, the actuator will then recognize the position of
only the respective (upper or lower) mechanical end limit.

100

50

Accuracy

0
0

10

To achieve very exact positioning or synchronicity from


several actuators running in parallel, ensure that the actuator
does one synchronization run per day (i.e. drive the actuator
into the upper dead band, hold for min. 3 sec, then drive the
actuator into the lower dead band, and then hold for min. 3
sec.) See section "Adaption" for exact voltage levels.

feedback signal (V)

Fig. 5. Feedback signal in vs. current position of shaft


adapter (ex. function selection switch setting of 0...10 V)

Adaption

Overriding

Adaption is a function in which the actuator re-maps its feedback signal and control signal in accordance with repositioned
mechanical end limits (see also Fig. 6) and thus recognizes
their new positions.

An override is a condition in which a 24 V signal is applied to


terminal 4 of an actuator in the modulating mode, thus
causing the actuator to ignore the control signal at terminal 3,
whereupon it will instead move to a position of 50% of its
max. stroke.

Feedback
If correspondingly wired (see Fig. 11, Fig. 12, and Fig. 13),
the actuator provides, via terminal 5, a feedback signal proportional to the actual position of the shaft adapter. The
feedback signal has the range of 0(2)10 V.

EN0B-0478GE51 R0413

N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL

MANUAL ADJUSTMENT

INSTALLATION

IMPORTANT

CAUTION

To prevent equipment damage, you must remove


power or set the function selection switch to the
"Service/Off" position before manual adjustment.

To avoid personal injury (electrical shock) and to


prevent equipment damage, before installation,
you must remove power.

After removing power or setting the function selection switch


to the "Service/Off" position, the gear train can be disengaged
using the declutch button, permitting the shaft adapter to be
manually rotated to any position. If you have wired the
actuator for feedback signal, then, after adaption, the
feedback signal will follow the new position.

These actuators are designed for single-point mounting.

Mounting Instructions
All information and steps are included in the Installation
Instructions (Product Literature No.: MU1B-0276GE51)
supplied with each actuator.

Limitation of Rotation Stroke

Mounting Position

Two adjustable mechanical end limits are provided to limit the


angle of rotation as desired (see Fig. 7). The mechanical end
limits must be securely fastened in place.

The actuators can be mounted in any position (IP54 is


dependent upon orientation; see Fig. 9). Choose a mounting
position permitting easy access to cables and controls.

Fig. 7. Mechanical end limits


To ensure tight closing of the dampers, the shaft adapter has
a total rotation stroke of 95.
After adjusting the mechanical end limits, the user should
trigger adaption (see section "Adaption").

INTERNAL END SWITCHES

Fig. 9. Mounting for IP54

NOTE: Only those actuators for which "-SW2" has been


specified when ordering (e.g.: "N05010-SW2")
feature internal end switches.

Anti-Rotation Bracket and Screws


If the actuator is to be mounted directly on a damper shaft,
use the anti-rotation bracket and screws included in the
delivery package. The min. distance between the center of
the damper shaft and the middle of the anti-rotation bracket is
85 mm; a max. of 108 mm is allowed (see also Fig. 15).

The internal end switches "A" and "B" are changeover


switches which are activated when the shaft adapter moves
past a position of 5 and 85, respectively (see also Table 1).
changeover switch A activated
when shaft adapter moves past 5

CCW

-2.5 0

10

15

changeover switch B activated


when shaft adapter moves past 85

75

80

85

90 92.5

Depending upon the specifics of your mounting site, the


actuator may shift in position slightly while tightening the
screws at the top of the shaft adapter. The anti-rotation
bracket features a T-piece with a 5-mm-long shank to
accommodate for this movement. It is important to ensure
that this play is not impeded.

CW

Fig. 8. Internal end switch triggering points

Universal Shaft Adapter


The universal shaft adapter can be used for shafts of various
diameters and shapes (round: 8...16 mm and square:
6...13 mm).

EN0B-0478GE51 R0413

N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL

WIRING

2-Position: Dir
24V~/=

Connecting to the Power Supply


In order to comply with protection class II, the power source of
24 V actuators must be reliably separated from the network
power supply circuits as per DIN VDE 0106, part 101.

Access Cover
The access cover can be unscrewed and removed in order to
gain access to the terminal block(s) and perform wiring.

50005456-002
PC-ABS

S1 S2 S3 S5 S6

S
S5

3S

2S

Wiring Diagrams
24V~/=

24V~/+

GND/-

CCW

POS out

A,B: C

S1

A: NC

S2

A: NO

S3

B: NC

S5

B: NO

S6

POS 50%

POS out

Floating: Dir
24V~/=

24V~/+

GND/-

CW

CCW

POS out

CCW

CW
CCW

CW

Table 1. Internal end switches (Nxx-SW2)


terminal
type of switch
common lead for switches A and B
S1
change-over switch A (S1/S2 opens and S1/S3
closes when shaft adapter moves CW past 5;
S2, S3
reverts to original state when shaft adapter moves
CCW past 5).
change-over switch B (S1/S5 opens and S1/S6
closes when shaft adapter moves CW past 85;
S5, S6
reverts to original state when shaft adapter moves
CCW past 85).

Fig. 11. N05010/N10010 (modulating mode)

CW

Table 1 summarizes the information presented in the


preceding wiring diagrams.

= override option

0[2]...10V

Fig. 14. End switches (Nxx-SW2)


NOTE: Both of the internal end switches must be connected
to the same power source.

Modulating: 0[2]...10V, 10...0[2]V

GND/-

END SWITCHES
(max. 230 V, 5 A)

Fig. 10. Access cover

0[2]...10V

= feedback option

0[2]...10V

24V~/+

Fig. 13. N05010/N10010 (2-position mode)

5 4 3 2 1

S6

0[2]...10V

= feedback option

Fig. 12. N05010/N10010 (floating mode)

EN0B-0478GE51 R0413

N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL

DIMENSIONS
41

108

85

134

N05010

2...10 V
0...10 V
Dir
Service/Off
Rev
10...0 V
10...2 V

62

66

Fig. 15. Dimensions (in mm)

Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Srl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pice 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:

Automation and Control Solutions


Honeywell GmbH
Bblinger Strasse 17
71101 Schnaich / Germany
Phone: (49) 7031 63701
Fax: (49) 7031 637493
http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com
Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany
EN0B-0478GE51 R0413

OPERATOR WORKSTATION AND PRINT

Dell OptiPlex 790 desktop


The OptiPlex 790 flexible desktop solution is designed for advanced performance and efficient collaboration. It enables business-class control that helps ensure IT saves time and money and the remote management technology also helps simplify systems management and protect your data. Dell
OptiPlex 790 is available in four different chassis sizes that blend seamlessly into office environments
and respect our planet.

Flexible and environmentally


conscious design
The completely redesigned form factors are amongst the
smallest within their categories. The mini-tower, desktop
and small form factor chassis have been optimized to help
maximize desk space and ensure the systems integrate
seamlessly in virtually any office environment. The Dell
OptiPlex 790 also shares the same visual identity as OptiPlex 990 and 390 to offer a more consistent look across
the OptiPlex portfolio and two All-in-One stands enable
deployment as a single device with up to 24 displays. Accessibility and serviceability are easy thanks to the convenient side-latch mechanism which makes access to key
system components for upgrades and services fast and
easy. The form-factor flexibility has also been designed
with our planet in mind. The systems all have a minimum
of 10% post-consumed recycled plastic enclosure and
offer 90% efficient power supplies option. Starting with
OptiPlex small form factor Dell also provides recyclable
packaging. By using post-consumed recycled plastic
content in the chassis of more models, the new generation of OptiPlex is Dells most environmentally responsible
commercial desktop offering.

Advanced performance and productivity


The OptiPlex 790 delivers great performance and features
nearly the same performance as OptiPlex 990 which is the
most powerful OptiPlex ever. Enable your workforce with
cutting-edge productivity tools such as the advanced 2nd
generation Intel Core i7 processor featuring generous high-speed memory options and support for up to
four simultaneous video displays across small-form factor,
desktop and minitower chassis with dual PCI-express
slots. The OptiPlex 790 also supports flexible desktop
virtualization deployment models to help users get up and
running fast and have their data centrally stored to avoid
downtime. OptiPlex 790 supported virtualization solutions
range from virtual remote desktop control to on-demand
desktop streaming or client hosted virtualization.

Business-class control
The OptiPlex 790 is equipped with Intel Standard Management technology enabling efficient remote system
management that helps managing many systems simultaneously; along with the Dell Data Protection security
capabilities such as one-touch preset compliance policy
templates, flexible encryption and single solution for
system disk as well as removable medias that work in your
unique environment. A business-class range of security and management options which allows security and
remote control configurations to meet large organizations
unique needs and challenges. Dell KACE system management appliances are fully-compatible with the OptiPlex
790 desktops enabling easy deployment of remote manageability and maintenance simplification. The OptiPlex
technological assets are backed with proven professional
IT services and support worldwide, ranging from deployment to maintenance or web solutions to help IT to simplify their daily tasks. The OptiPlex platform commitment
to stability, long-lifecycle and managed transitions also
help ensure IT to save time and money.

Dell OptiPlex 790


designed to deliver advanced
productivity and business-class
control to help IT save time and
money.

OptiPlex 790 Technical Specifications


Processors1

Intel 2nd Generation Core i7, i5, i3 Processors.

Chipset

Intel Q65 Express Chipset

Operating System Options

Microsoft Windows 7 Home Basic (32/ 64 bit),Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium (32/64 bit), Microsoft Windows 7
Professional (32/64 bit), Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate (32/64 bit)
Windows Vista Home Basic SP2 (32/64 bit), Windows Vista Business SP2 (32/64 bit), Windows Vista Ultimate SP2 (32 bit)
Ubuntu Linux (select countries); FreeDOS for N-series

Video2

Integrated Intel HD Graphics 2000 [with iCore Dual/Quad core class CPU-GPU combo]; optional 1GB AMD RADEON HD
6450; optional 512MB AMD RADEON HD 6350

Memory3

Up to four DIMM slots; Non-ECC dual-channel 1333MHz DDR3 SDRAM, up to 16GB

Networking

Integrated Intel 82579LM Ethernet LAN 10/100/1000; optional Broadcom NetXtreme 10/100/1000 PCIe card; optional Dell
Wireless 1520 PCIe (MT, DT, SFF); optional half-mini PCIe (USFF) WLAN card (802.11n)

I/O Ports

10 External USB 2.0 ports and 1 Internal USB 2.0 (MT & DT only);1 Serial; 1 RJ-45; 1 VGA; 1 DisplayPort; 2 PS/2; 2 Line-in
(stereo/microphone), 2 Line-out (headphone/speaker), optional Parallel/2nd Serial PCIe card (MT), optional 2nd Serial PCIe card
(DT & SFF), optional 1394a PCI card (MT & DT, available from middle May 2011); optional USB 3.0 PCIe card

Removable Media Options

DVD+/-RW; DVD-ROM; Dell 19 in 1 Media Card Reader (MT & DT only)

Hard Drives4 Options

3.5 Hard Drives: up to 1TB 7200 RPM SATA 3.0Gb/s;


2.5 Hard Drives: up to 500GB 7200 RPM SATA 3.0GB/s; 500GB Hybrid; 320GB 7200 RPM Opal SED, 128GB Solid State Drive
Supports Dells Flexible Computing Solution diskless option

Chassis

Peripherals Options

Minitower (MT)

Desktop (DT)

Small Form Factor (SFF)

Ultra Small
Form Factor (USFF)

Dimensions
(H x W x D)
Inches/(cm)

14.2 x 6.9 x 16.4 /


(36.0 x 17.5 x 41.7)

14.2 x 4.0 x 16.1 /


(36.0 x 10.2 x 41.0)

11.4 x 3.7 x 12.3 /


(29.0 x 9.3 x 31.2)

9.3 x 2.6 x 9.4 /


(23.7 x 6.5 x 24)

Min. Weight (lbs/


kg)

19.55/8.87

16.67/7.56

12.57/5.7

7.20 / 3.27

Number of Bays

2 internal 3.5
2 external 5.25

1 internal 3.5
1 external 5.25

1 internal 3.5
1 external 5.25 (slimline)

1 internal 2.5
1 external 5.25 (slimline)

Expansion Slots

1 full height PCIe x16


1 full height PCIe x16
(wired x 4)
1 full height PCIe x1
1 full height PCI

1 half height PCIe x16


1 half height PCIe x16
(wired x 4)
1 half height PCIe x1
1 half height PCI

1 half height PCIe x16


1 half height PCIe x16
(wired x 4)

1 miniPCIe connector

Power Supply5
Unit (PSU)

Standard 265W PSU


or optional 265W
up to 90% Efficient
PSU; Energy Star 5.0
compliant, Active PFC

Standard 250W PSU


or optional 250W
up to 90% Efficient
PSU; Energy Star 5.0
compliant, Active PFC

Standard 240W PSU


or optional 240W
up to 90% Efficient
PSU; Energy Star 5.0
compliant, Active PFC

200W up to 90%
Efficient PSU, ENERGY
STAR 5.0 compliant,
Active PFC

Monitors:
Dell Entry Standard and Widescreen Flat Panel Analog:
Dell E170S, E190S, E1709W, E1910, E1911, E2011H, E2210H, E2211H, E2311H
Dell Professional Digital Standard and Widescreen Flat Panel:
Dell P170S, P190S, P1911, P2011H, P2210, P2211H, P2311H, P2411H
Dell UltraSharp Digital Standard and Widescreen Flat Panel, Adjustable Stand:
Dell 2007FP, U2211H, U2311H, U2410, U2711, U3011
Keyboards: Dell USB Entry Keyboard, Dell Multimedia Pro Keyboard, Dell Smartcard Keyboard
Mouse: Dell USB Optical Mouse, Dell Laser Mouse
Audio Speakers: Internal Dell Business audio speaker, Dell AX210 2.0 and AY410 2.1 Desktop Speakers; Dell AX510 and AX510PA
Sound Bar Speakers

Security

Trusted Platform Module6 (TPM) 1.2, Dell Data Protection / Access, Chassis lock slot support, optional Chassis Intrusion Switch,
Setup/BIOS Password, I/O Interface Security, optional Smart Card keyboards, Intel Trusted Execution Technology, BIOS
support for optional Computrace7

Systems Management
Options8

Intel Standard Manageability; No Out of Band Systems Management

Environmental, Ergonomic,
& Regulatory Standards

Environmental Standards (eco-labels): Energy Star 5.0, EPEAT Registered (see epeat.net for registration status by country),
CECP, TCO, WEEE, Japan Energy Law, Japan Green PC, South Korea Eco-label, EU RoHS, China RoHS, Blue Angel
Other Environmental Options: Dell Energy Smart settings; Carbon Off-set Program; System Recycle (Asset Recovery Service)

Warranty

Limited Hardware Warranty9; Standard 3-year Next Business Day On Site Service after Remote Diagnosis10 (3-3-3); Optional
3-year Dell ProSupport for IT; 4 year and 5 year service and support options11

Your business-class desktops at dell.com/optiplex


*Important Information: Remote Diagnosis is determination by online/phone technician of cause of issue; may involve customer access to inside of system and multiple or extended sessions. If issue is covered by Limited Hardware Warranty and not resolved remotely,
technician and/or part will be dispatched, usually within 1 business day following completion of Remote Diagnosis. Availability varies.
Other conditions apply. For copy of Ltd Hardware Warranty, write Dell USA LP, Attn: Warranties, One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682 or see www.dell.com/warranty.
1. Offering may vary by region.
2. System Memory and Graphics: Significant system memory may be used to support graphics, depending on system memory size and other factors.
3. 4GB or Greater System Memory Capability: A 64-bit operating system is required to support 4GB or more of system memory.
4. Hard Drive: GB means 1 billion bytes and TB equals 1 trillion bytes; actual capacity varies with preloaded material and operating environment and will be less.
5. PSU: This form factor utilizes a more efficient Active Power Factor Correction (APFC) power supply. Dell recommends only Universal Power Supplies (UPS) based on Sine Wave output for APFC PSUs, not an approximation of a Sine Wave, Square Wave, or quasi-Square
Wave (see UPS technical specifications). If you have questions please contact the manufacturer to confirm the output type.
6. TPM: TPM is not available in all regions.
7. Computrace: Not a Dell offer. Certain conditions apply. For full details, see terms and conditions at www.lojackforlaptops.com.
8. Systems Management Options:
Intel Standard Manageability - Fully enabled at point of purchase, the Intel Standard Management option is a subset of the AMT features. ISM is not upgradeable to vPro technology post-purchase.
No Out-of-Band Systems Management - This option entirely removes Intel out of band systems (OOB) management features. The system can still support
in band management. OOB management support through AMT cannot be upgraded post-purchase.
9. Limited Hardware Warranty: For copy of Ltd Hardware Warranty, write Dell USA LP, Attn: Warranties, One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682 or see www.dell.
com/warranty.
10. Next Business Day Onsite Service after Remote Diagnosis: Remote Diagnosis is determination by online/phone technician of cause of issue; may involve
customer access to inside of system and multiple or extended sessions. If issue is covered by Limited Hardware Warranty (www.dell.com/warranty) and not
resolved remotely, technician and/or part will be dispatched, usually within 1 business day following completion of Remote Diagnosis. Availability varies. Other conditions apply.
11. Dell Services: Availability and terms of Dell Services vary by region. For more information, visit www.dell.com/servicedescriptions.
12. OptiPlex 990 small form factor (coming in May in US, UK and Japan) is brominated flame retardant free (BFR-free) and polyvinyl chloride free (PVC-free); meeting the definition of BFR-/PVC-free as set forth in the iNEMI Position Statement on the Definition of LowHalogen Electronics (BFR-/CFR-/PVC-free). Plastic parts contain less than 1,000 ppm (0.1%) of bromine (if the Br source is from BFRs) and less than 1,000 ppm (0.1%) of chlorine (if the Cl source is from CFRs or PVC or PVC copolymers). All printed circuit board (PCB) and
substrate laminates contain bromine/chlorine total less than 1,500 ppm (0.15%) with a maximum chlorine of 900 ppm (0.09%) and maximum bromine being 900 ppm (0.09%).

OptiPlex 790

LASERJET PRO CP1525NW


COLOR PRINTER
Create your own professional-quality color documents on a compact, easy-to-use
printer with wireless and Ethernet connectivity.5 Print from anywhere with HP ePrint.1
Save on energy and print black documents affordably.
Print Speed: Up to 12 ppm black and up to 8 ppm color
Print Resolution: Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Print Technology Resolution: HP ImageREt 3600
Standard Connectivity: 1 Hi-Speed USB 2.0, 1 built-in 10/100 Ethernet, 1 Wireless
802.11 b/g/n
Display: 1.85" LCD, 2-line, 16-character display
Monthly Volume (Duty Cycle): Up to 30,000 pages
Duplex Print Options: Manual (driver support provided)

Get professional color documentswirelessly

Reduce your environmental impact

Print from anywhere in the office with wireless.5 Share


printing resources using built-in Ethernet.
Ensure bold text and smooth color with HP ImageREt 3600
and Original HP cartridges with ColorSphere toner.
Get excellent print quality automatically on text, images
and graphics with HP EasyColor.
Print documents affordably. Get the same black cost per
page as a black-and-white HP LaserJet printer.

Save energy, plus start and finish your print job faster with
Instant-on Technology.
Save space and resources with the compact size of this
color laser printer.
Get easy recyclingcartridges returned through HP Planet
Partners are recycled responsibly3.
Print only the web content you need, neatly and
accurately, with HP Smart Web Printing4.

Set up quickly, and print from anywhere1


Print from anywhere, anytime, with HP ePrint1.
Install and start printing quickly and easily.
Simplify supplies maintenanceorder cartridges with HP
SureSupply2 and install them easily.
Easily operate and maintain the printer with the in-device
help menu.

Create and print your own marketing materials


Estimate print costs with included software, and get project
ideas, tools and templates from HP.
Print on a wide range of paper sizesfrom 3 x 5 to
8.5 x 14 inches.
Achieve great resultspre-configured shortcuts optimize
output quality based on the media selected.
Easily adjust spot colors and apply them throughout a
document with basic color-match settings.

HP LaserJet Pro CP1525nw Color Printer

Reduce energy use up to 50% with Instant-on


Technology.1
Convenient cartridge recycling in over 49 countries.2
Prints great on recycled paper.
ENERGY STAR qualified product
1

Energy savings based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR programs Typical Energy
Consumption (TEC) method on HP LaserJet products with Instant-on Technology vs. top
competitive models as of March 2009.
2
HP Program availability varies. HP print cartridge return and recycling is currently available in
more than 49 countries, territories and regions is Asia, Europe and North and South America
through the HP Planet Partner Program.
Please recycle your computing hardware and printing supplies.
Find out how at our website.

May require an Internet connection to the printer. Feature works with any Internet- and e-mail-capable device and requires a firmware upgrade. For details, http://www.hp.com/go/ePrintCenter.
Program features and availability may vary by country. For more information, visit http://www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. 3Program availability varies. HP print cartridge return and recycling is currently
available in more than 49 countries, territories and regions in Asia, Europe, and North and South America through the HP Planet Partners program. For more information, visit
http://www.hp.com/recycle. 4To use this feature, you need Internet Explorer 6.0-8.0. 5Wireless performance is dependent upon physical environment and distance from access point, and may be limited
during active VPN connections.
2

LASERJET PRO CP1525NW


COLOR PRINTER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRINT TECHNOLOGY

Laser

PRINT SPEED1

Black (Normal, letter): Up to 12 ppm; Color (Normal, letter): Up to 8


ppm; First Page Out Color (Letter, ready)2: As fast as 32 sec

PRINT RESOLUTION

Black (Best): Up to 600 x 600 dpi; Black (Normal): Up to 600 x 600 dpi;
Color (Best): Up to 600 x 600 dpi

PRINT TECHNOLOGY
RESOLUTION

HP ImageREt 3600

STANDARD PRINT
LANGUAGES

HP PCL 6, HP PCL 5c, HP postscript level 3 emulation

NUMBER OF PRINT
CARTRIDGES

4 (1 each black, cyan, magenta, yellow)

SURESUPPLY SUPPORTED

Yes

PRINTER MANAGEMENT

Windows: HP Toolbox FX (default install), SNP Alerts (minimum install),


HP Web Jetadmin (download); Mac: HP Utility

STANDARD CONNECTIVITY 1 Hi-Speed USB 2.0, 1 built-in 10/100 Ethernet, 1 Wireless 802.11
b/g/n
WIRELESS CAPABILITY

Yes, built-in Wireless 802.11 b/g/n

NETWORK CAPABILITIES

Via built-in 10/100 Ethernet and Wireless 802.11 b/g/n

CONTROL PANEL

2-line, 16-character front panel display, 5 buttons (Cancel job, Left arrow,
Right arrow, Select, Reverse), 3 LED indicator lights (Attention, Ready,
Wireless), WPS button

FONTS AND TYPEFACES

84 scalable TrueType fonts (49 scalable TrueType and 35 postscript)

MEDIA TYPES SUPPORTED

Paper (bond, brochure, color, glossy, letterhead, photo, plain, preprinted,


prepunched, recycled, rough), transparencies, labels, envelopes, cardstock

DUTY CYCLE (MONTHLY,


LETTER)3

Up to 30,000 pages

OPERATING
ENVIRONMENT

Operating Humidity Range: 10 to 80% RH;


Recommended Humidity Operating Range: 20 to 70% RH;
Operating Temperature Range: 15 to 32.5 C;
Recommended Operating Temperature Range: 68 to 81 F (20 to 27 C);
Storage Temperature Range: -4 to 104 F (-20 to 40 C);
Non-Operating Humidity: 10 to 95% RH

ACOUSTIC5

Acoustic Power Emissions: 6.1 B(A);


Acoustic Power Emissions (Ready): Inaudible;
Acoustic Pressure Emissions Bystander (Active, Printing): 48 dB(A);
Acoustic Pressure Emissions Bystander (Ready): Inaudible

POWER

Power Requirements: Input voltage 110 to 127 VAC (+/- 10%), 60 Hz


(+/- 3 Hz)
Power Supply Type: Built-in power supply
Power Consumption6: 295 watts Active, 0.2 watts Off, 5.5 watts Sleep,
12.5 watts Standby
Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC) Number: 1.208 kWh/Week

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS

15.7 x 17.8 x 10.0 in (399 x 453 x 254 mm)

PRODUCT WEIGHT

40.0 lb (18.2 kg)

SECURITY MANAGEMENT

Wireless: WEP (128bit), WPA/WPA2 - Personal (AES, TKIP),


Password-protected network embedded Web server, Enable/disable
network ports, SNMPv1 community password change

WHATS IN THE BOX

HP Color LaserJet Pro Printer, HP LaserJet Starter Black, Cyan, Magenta,


Yellow starter print cartridges (pre-installed), CDs containing software and
electronic documentation, Documentation (Install Guide, Support flyer,
Warranty guide), power cord, USB cable

ACCESSORIES

HP USB Cable (a-b) 2 meter, Q6264A


HP 256 MB DDR2 144-pin SDRAM DIMM, CB423A
DDR2 - 16b DIMM, CB421AX
DDR2 128 MB DIMM, CB422AX
DDR2 256 MB DIMM, CB423AX

HP CARE PACKS

HP 2 year NBD ExchPrinting and Imaging-H SVC, UG606E


HP 3 year NBD ExchPrinting and Imaging-H SVC, UG609E
HP 4 year NBD ExchPrinting and Imaging-H SVC, UH610E
HP Basic Installation Service (for one consumer printer with wireless
capability), US284E
HP Premium Installation Service (with wireless network setup for up to three
PCs and/or printers), US285E

RECOMMENDED
Up to 250 to 1,000 pages
MONTHLY PAGE VOLUME4
DISPLAY

1.85" LCD, 2-line, 16-character display

MAXIMUM/STANDARAD
MEMORY

384 MB/128 MB

PAPER HANDLING

150-sheet input tray, 1-sheet priority feed slot, 125-sheet output bin;
Input Handling: Up to 150 Sheets, Up to 50 transparencies, Up to 50
post-cards, Up to 10 Envelopes;
Ouput Handling: Up to 50 Sheets, Up to 50 transparencies

REPLACEMENT
CARTRIDGES

HP 128A Black LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE320A


HP 128A Cyan LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE321A
HP 128A Yellow LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE322A
HP 128A Magenta LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE323A

DUPLEX PRINT OPTIONS

Manual (driver support provided)

WARRANTY

One-year, limited warranty, product exchange

PROCESSOR

Processor Type: ARM 1156 processor core; Processor Speed: 600 MHz

SOFTWARE INCLUDED

Windows Full Software Solution, HP Universal Print Drivers, HP Basic


Color Match, HP PrintView, HP Eco Solutions Print Console, Mac Software
Solution, Linux Software Solution, Unix Print Driver

MINIMUM SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS

PC: Microsoft Windows 7, Windows Vista: 1 GHz 32-bit(x86) or


64-bit(x64) processor, 1 GB RAM (32-bit) or 2 GB RAM (64-bit), 200 MB
free hard disk space, CD/DVD-ROM or Internet, USB or Network port,
Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 2: Pentium 233 MHz processor, 512
KB RAM (32-bit) or 2 GB RAM (64-bit), 200 MB free hard disk space,
CD/DVD-ROM or Internet, USB or Network port;
Mac: Mac OS X v 10.5.8, v 10.6; PowerPC G4, G5, or Intel Core
Processor; 256 MB RAM; 300 MB free hard disk space; CD/DVD-ROM or
Internet; USB or Network port

COMPATIBLE OPERATING
SYSTEMS

Full software installs supported on: Microsoft Windows7 32-bit and


64-bit, Windows Vista 32-bit and 64-bit, Windows XP 32-bit
(SP2 or higher), Driver only installs supported on: Windows Server 2008
32-bit and 64-bit, Windows Server 2003 32-bit (SP3 or higher), Mac
OS X v 10.5.8, v 10.6, Linpus Linux (9.4, 9.5), Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.0 (supported with a pre-built package), SUSE Linux (10.3, 11.0, 11,
11.1, 11.2), Fedora (9, 9.0, 10, 10.0, 11.0, 11, 12, 12.0), Ubuntu (8.04,
8.04.1, 8.04.2, 8.10, 9.04, 9.10, 10.04), Debian (5.0, 5.0.1, 5.0.2,
5.0.3) (supported by the automatic installer), HPUX 11 and Solaris 8/9

FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.HP.COM


LASERJET PRO CP1525NW COLOR PRINTER Product Number: CE875A
1
Measured using ISO/IEC 24734, excludes first set of test documents. For more information see http://www.hp.com/go/printerclaims. Exact speed varies depending on the system configuration, software application, driver, and document complexity. 2With instant-on fuser
technology; Exact speed varies depending on the system configuration, software application, driver and document complexity. 3Duty cycle is defined as the maximum number of pages per month of imaged output. This value provides a comparison of product robustness in
relation to other HP LaserJet or HP Color LaserJet devices, and enables appropriate deployment of printers and MFPs to satisfy the demands of connected individuals or groups. 4HP recommends that the number of printed pages per month be within the stated range for
optimum device performance, based on factors including supplies replacement intervals and device life over an extended warranty period. 5Configuration tested: base model, simplex printing, A4 paper at an average of 12 ppm. Values are subject to change. For current
information see http://www.hp.com/support. 6Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the product warranty.

2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. HP is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered U.S. marks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Microsoft and
Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. This listing of non HP products does not constitute an endorsement by Hewlett Packard Company. The information contained herein is subject
to change without notice and is provides "as is" without warranty of any kind. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. August 2010

OFFICEJET 7000 Wide Format Printer


Fast network printing up to 13x19 inches with lowest cost per page vs
in-class inkjet1 with stunning print quality
Print: Maxiumum print speeds of 33 ppm black,
Up to 32 ppm color
Connectivity: 1 USB 2.0; 1 Ethernet, Optional Wireless print server
Paper Handling: Letter; legal; tabloid (11 x 17 in); executive; 4 x 6 in;
5 x 7 in; 8 x 10 in; 11 x 14 in; 12 x 12 in; 13 x 19 in

Versatile network printing up to 13 x 19


inches

Cut energy use by up to 40% compared to


lasers4

Print on various paper types and sizes from


3.5 x 5 inches up to 13 x 19 inchesplus get
stunning photos with HP Officejet inks
Save money by replacing only the individual ink
cartridge that runs out
Share printer with up to five users thanks to wired
networking
Maximum letter print speeds of 33 ppm black,
32 ppm color

This HP Officejet printer consumes up to 40% less


energy than letter size color laser printers4
Save money and energy with this efficient ENERGY
STAR qualified inkjet printer
Help reduce the need for paper resources by using
recycled paper
Enjoy easy recyclingcartridges returned via HP
Planet Partners are recycled responsibly5

Lowest cost per page vs in-class inkjets1


Print professional color documents for up to 40%
less per page than letter-size lasers2
Print laser-quality black text and professional color
using HP Officejet inks
Get fast-drying documents for high-volume printing
using papers with the ColorLok logo
Archived documents retain black text and color
quality for decades without fading3

HP Officejet 7000 Wide Format Printer

Reduce energy use up to 40% with this HP


Officejet Printer*
Prints great on recycled paper
Print only the web content you need with HP Smart
Web Printing**
ENERGY STAR Qualified
*Compared to competitive laser products www.hp.com/go/officejet.
**For Windows only. Requires Internet Explorer 6.0 or Mozilla Firefox 2.0or higher.
Please recycle your computing hardware and printing supplies.
Find out how at our website.

1
Compared to B-size inkjet printers and AIOS <US$299 from major vendors as of Q408. Excludes HP Officejet Pro products. Average based on ISO/IEC 24711 or HP testing methodology and
continuous printing. Actual yield varies considerably based on content of printed pages and other factors. For details see www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies. 2Letter cost per page comparisons based on
majority of color laser printers < $300 and OJ with highest-capacity cartridges, June 2008. For details www.hp.com/go/officejet. 3Based on paper-industry predictions for acid-free papers and Original
HP inks; colorant stability data at room temperature based on similar systems tested per ISO 11798 and ISO 18909. 4Majority of letter/A4 color laser printers < $300, June 2008, energy use based on
HP testing using the ENERGY STAR program's TEC test method criteria. 5HP ink cartridge return and recycling is available in 42 countries and territories around the world, covering 88% of the
addressable market; see www.hp.com/recycle for details.

OFFICEJET 7000 Wide Format Printer


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRINT TECHNOLOGY

HP Thermal Inkjet

PRINT RESOLUTION

Black (Best): Up to 600 rendered dpi black when printing from a computer; Color Best:
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color (when printing from a computer on selected
HP photo papers and 1200 input dpi)

PRINT SPEEDS1

Maximum Print Speeds: 33 ppm Black, 32 ppm color; Laser Comparable Speeds: Up
to 8 ppm Black, Up to 7 ppm Color

PRINTING CAPABILITIES

Borderless printing: Yes (up to 13 x 19 in, 330 x 483 mm); Automatic paper sensor:
No; Direct print supported: No

STANDARD PRINTER
LANGUAGES

HP PCL 3 GUI

COMPATIBLE INK TYPES

Dye-based; pigment-based

STANDARD CONNECTIVITY 1 USB 2.0; 1 Ethernet


NETWORK READY

Standard (built-in Ethernet), Optional Wireless print server

NETWORK CAPABILITIES

Ethernet, Optional Wireless print server

WIRELESS CAPABILITY

No

CONTROL PANEL

4 indicator LED that will light up individually when any of the ink cartridge runs low in
ink; 4 Button (with lights): Power button; Page resume button; Cancel print job button
and Network button

DUTY CYCLE (MONTHLY,


LETTER)

Up to 7000 pages

MEDIA TYPES SUPPORTED

Paper (brochure, inkjet, plain); photo; envelopes; cards (index); transparencies

MEDIA SIZES SUPPORTED

Letter; legal; tabloid (11 x 17 in); executive; 4 x 6 in; 5 x 7 in; 8 x 10 in; 11 x 14 in;
12 x 12 in; 13 x 19 in

STANDARD MEDIA SIZES


(DUPLEX)

Letter; legal; tabloid (11 x 17 in); executive; 4 x 6 in; 5 x 7 in; 8 x 10 in; 11 x 14 in;
12 x 12 in; 13 x 19 in

CUSTOM MEDIA SIZES

3 x 5 to 13 x 44 in

MEDIA WEIGHT
SUPPORTED

Tray 1: 16 to 28 lb bond (plain media); 20 to 24 lb bond (envelope); up to 110 lb


index (cards); up to 75 lb bond (photo and brochure)

MEDIA WEIGHT
RECOMMENDED

20 to 24 lb

PAPER HANDLING

Input: 150-sheet input tray; Output: 100-sheet output tray; Duplex Options: Manual
(driver support provided); Input capacities: Up to 150 sheets letter/legal, Up to 15
envelopes, Up to 40 sheets 4 x 6 photo, Up to 40 cards; Output capacities: Up to 100
sheets letter/legal; Up to 55 sheets transparencies, Up to 40 cards

SKEW

+/- 0.006 in

STANDARD MEMORY

32 MB

PROCESSOR SPEED

384 MHz

COMPATIBLE OPERATING
SYSTEMS

Windows 2000 (SP4); Windows XP Home; Windows XP 32-bit (SP1); Windows


Vista (32 and 64-bit); Mac OS X v 10.4; Mac OS X v 10.5; With Windows 2000,
some features may not be available

MINIMUM SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS

PC: Windows 2000 (SP4): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 128 MB RAM, 160
MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0; Windows XP (32-bit) (SP1): Intel
Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB RAM, 225 MB free hard disk space, Internet
Explorer 6.0; Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 512
MB RAM, 902 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 7.0;
Mac: Mac OS X v 10.4.11, Mac OS X v 10.5.6, Mac OS X v 10.6*: PowerPC G4,
G5, or Intel Core processor, 256 MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
(W X D X H)

22.6 x 15.8 x 7.13 in

PRODUCT WEIGHT

15.4 lb

POWER2

Power supply type: External universal power supply; Power requirements: Input
voltage 100 to 240 VAC (+/- 10%), 50/60 Hz; Power consumption: 48 watts; Power
consumption, off: 0.34 watts (230 V), 0.32 watts (115 V); Power consumption,
active: 14 watts (Best mode); 19 watts (Normal mode); 32 watts (Fast Draft mode);
Power consumption, powersave: 2.4 watts; Power consumption, standby: 2.7 watts

ACOUSTICS

Acoustic power emissions: 5.4 B(A) (Best mode); 6.2 B(A) (Normal mode); 6.9 B(A)
(Draft mode), Acoustic pressure emissions: 48 dB(A) (Best mode); 56 dB(A) (Normal
mode); 63 dB(A) (Draft mode)

OPERATING
ENVIRONMENT

Recommended operating temperature: 59 to 90 F; Maximum operating


temperature range: 41 to 104 F, Storage temperature range: 59 to 90 F,
Operating humidity range: 15 to 90% RH, Recommended humidity operating
range:15 to 80% RH; Non-operating humidity: 15 to 90% RH non-condensing

WHAT'S IN THE BOX3

HP Officejet 7000 Wide Format Printer; Print Head Assembly; HP 920 Black Officejet
Ink Cartridge (~420 pages); HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge & HP 920 Magenta
Officejet Ink Cartridge & HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge: composite yield
(~300 pages); power supply; power cord; setup poster; CD-ROM (for software)

REPLACEMENT PRINT
CARTRIDGES3

HP 920 Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~420 pages), CD971A


HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~300 pages), CH634A
HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~300 pages), CH635A
HP 920 Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~300 pages), CH636A
HP 920XL Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~1200 pages), CD975A
HP 920XL Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~700 pages), CD972A
HP 920XL Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~700 pages), CD973A
HP 920XL Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~700 pages), CD974A

ACCESSORIES

Hi-Speed USB cable Q6264A


HP USB Network Print Adapter Q6275A
HP Wireless Printing Upgrade Kit Q6236A
HP Wireless Network USB Print Server Q6301A

WARRANTY

One-year limited hardware warranty; 24-hour, 7 days a week Web support; business
hour phone support within warranty period

FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.HP.COM


OFFICEJET 7000 Wide Format Printer Product Number: C9299A
Product Identifier: E809A
ENERGY STAR qualified models; see: http://www.hp.com/go/energystar
1

Either after first page or after first set of ISO test pages. For details see www.hp.com/go/printerclaims 2Power measurements are based on Energy Star OM test procedure. 3Average based on ISO/IEC 24711 or HP testing methodology and continuous printing. Actual yield
varies considerably based on content of printed pages and other factors. Some ink from included cartridge is used to start up the printer. For details see http://www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies

2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. HP is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered U.S. marks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Microsoft and
Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. This listing of non HP products does not constitute an endorsement by Hewlett Packard Company. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is provides "as is" without warranty of
any kind. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. May 2009

DDC PANELS

FORM OF GURANTEE

Warranty Certificate
This is to certify that the Building Management System supplied by
Integra International Trading and Contracting W.L.L
For the Project: Construction of (2) New Schools At Doha
& Villages Stage (10-A) Package #4
Is covered under our special warranty clause that covers against
any manufacturing defect for a period of 400 days from the date of
commissioning i.e:
Commencing on:

Expiring on: This warranty coverage does not include normal wear & tear,
consumerables, abuse/ misuse / wrong use of the components by
users.
This however does not cover maintenance of the system during the
warranty period.
Signed on behalf of:
Integra International Trading and Contracting W.L.L

Naga Manoj
DGM-ELV SYSTEM
(+974 55802725)

GRAPHICS SAMPLES

PROJECT APPROVALS

PROJECT REFERENCES

PROJECT: NORTH GATE MALL

CONTRACTOR : VOLTAS LIMITED


SYSTEM: BMS & LCS
VALUE: QAR 2,500,000.00

PROJECT: QATAR UNIVERSITY STUDENT HOUSING

CONTRACTOR : SEG
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 8,000,000.00

PROJECT: MARSA MALAZ

CONTRACTOR : CDC
SYSTEM: BMS,LCS,CBS,RMS
VALUE: QAR 8,000,000.00

PROJECT: PEARL QATAR

PARCEL 11A, 13A, 13B, 14A, 15A, 15B, 16


VIVA BHARIYA 02, 09, 18
CONTRACTOR : CDC, ADVANCE ENG, TAKYEEF, MEGATECH
SYSTEM: BMS,LCS,CBS,RMS
VALUE: QAR 20,000,000.00

PROJECT: QATAR PETROLEUM DISTRICT

CONTRACTOR : MIDMAC-BATIMENT INTL-AL JABER JV


SYSTEM: CO DETECTION SYSTEM
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00

PROJECT: TWIN TOWER


CONTRACTOR : EFECO
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 2,200,000.00

PROJECT: QATAR FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES


CONTRACTOR : TRAGS
SYSTEM: BMS, LCS & PLC
VALUE: QAR 3,000,000.00

PROJECT: AL BAKER TWIN TOWER

CONTRACTOR : CRC
SYSTEM: BMS & LCS
VALUE: QAR 10,000,000.00

PROJECT: QATAR UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS

CONTRACTOR : QATAR UNIVERSITY


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 10,000,000.00

PROJECT: TADMUR LOGISTICS BUILDING

CONTRACTOR : TAKYEEF ELECTROMECHANICAL


SYSTEM: LCS
VALUE: QAR 300,000.00

PROJECT: BARWA AMENITIES

CONTRACTOR : MECHEL ENGINEERING


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 2,000,000.00

PROJECT: TRAINING ACADEMY FOR COMMERCIAL BANK

CONTRACTOR : RAMCO
SYSTEM: LCS
VALUE: QAR 100,000.00

PROJECT: GULF MALL AT GHARAFFA

CONTRACTOR : HBK ENGINEERING


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00

PROJECT: BARWA COMMERCIAL AVENUE TYPE 1 & 2

CONTRACTOR : ETA
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 5,000,000.00

PROJECT: AL SEELYA TOWER

CONTRACTOR : BARZAN ENGINEERING SERVICES


SYSTEM: BMS & LCS
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00

PROJECT: HALUL ISLAND

CONTRACTOR : CONTINENTAL COOLING


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00

PROJECT: NAKILAT SHIPYARD

CONTRACTOR : AL-MOAYYED
SYSTEM: BMS & UPS
VALUE: QAR 2,000,000.00

PROJECT: BARZAN ON-SHORE BUILDINGS

CONTRACTOR : HOW UNITED, BEMCO


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 2,000,000.00

PROJECT: PARCEL 13A & 13B

CONTRACTOR : BARZAN ENGINEERING SERVICES


SYSTEM: HOME AUTOMATION SYSTEM
VALUE: QAR 4,000,000.00

PROJECT: CIVIL DEFENCE HEADQUATERS BUILDING

CONTRACTOR : TRAGS
SYSTEM: LCS & CBS
VALUE: QAR 700,000.00

PROJECT: LEKHWIYA STADIUM

CONTRACTOR : STRUCTURAL QATAR


SYSTEM: LCS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00

PROJECT: LAGOONA PLAZA

CONTRACTOR : AL-SEAL CONTRACTING


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00

PROJECT: BARWA VILLAGE

CONTRACTOR : PIONEER CONTRACTING


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00

PROJECT: BARWA BANK

CONTRACTOR : BIN THANI ELECTROMECHANICAL


SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen